Small edits for doc/lispref/windows.texi
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob347adb98fd03fa5a3797d09d67bdad99facb540a
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20309 60936))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20341 24416))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214 \(fn)" t nil)
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
252 ;;;***
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20309 60936))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
397 ;;;***
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20309 60936))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481 \(fn)" t nil)
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486 \(fn)" t nil)
488 ;;;***
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
691 Topic Encryption
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
740 Extending Allout
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
756 Terminology
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849 ;;;***
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20309 60936))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
932 ;;;***
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20309 60936))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20309 60936))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
974 \(fn)" t nil)
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
991 ;;;***
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20309 60936))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049 ;;;***
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20309 60936))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1074 normal variables.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1159 ;;;***
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20309
1162 ;;;;;; 60936))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1180 ;;;***
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20309 60936))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1251 ;;;***
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20328
1254 ;;;;;; 17454))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 Toggle Artist mode.
1259 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1275 mouse-2
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 below).
1280 mouse-1
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 or pastes:
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 to new point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 lines
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Paste Paste Paste
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 or diagonally.
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 poly-lines.
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 some time to fill.
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1349 Settings
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1365 Drawing with keys
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1386 Arrows
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1395 Selecting operation
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1421 Variables
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1446 Hooks
1448 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1449 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1452 Keymap summary
1454 \\{artist-mode-map}
1456 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1458 ;;;***
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20309
1461 ;;;;;; 60936))
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1481 Special commands:
1482 \\{asm-mode-map}
1484 \(fn)" t nil)
1486 ;;;***
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20332 33075))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 let-binding.")
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1499 ;;;***
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1502 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1505 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1506 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1507 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1517 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1518 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1519 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1520 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1521 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1522 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1523 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1524 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1526 For example:
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1528 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1530 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1531 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1533 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1537 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1560 ;;;***
1562 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1571 ;;;***
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1574 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20309 60936))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1597 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1599 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1600 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1605 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1606 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1610 ;;;***
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1613 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1657 should be non-nil).
1659 \(fn)" nil nil)
1661 ;;;***
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1664 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1665 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20317 24654))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1675 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1676 disk changes.
1678 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1679 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1680 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1684 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1685 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1687 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1690 \(fn)" nil nil)
1692 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1693 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1695 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1696 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1698 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1699 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1700 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1701 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1702 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1704 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1705 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1706 writing before you save the file!
1708 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1712 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1713 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1715 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1716 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1718 \(fn)" nil nil)
1720 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1721 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1722 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1751 ;;;***
1753 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1754 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20309 60936))
1755 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1757 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1758 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1759 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1765 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1766 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1767 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1768 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1770 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1771 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1772 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1774 Effects of the different modes:
1775 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1776 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1777 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1778 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1779 a random distance & direction.
1780 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1781 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1782 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1784 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1786 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1787 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1788 definition of \"random distance\".)
1790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1792 ;;;***
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1797 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1799 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1800 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1801 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1802 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1806 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1807 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1808 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1811 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1813 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1815 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1816 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1821 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1822 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1823 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1824 seconds.
1826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1828 ;;;***
1830 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1831 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20309 60936))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1834 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1835 Time execution of FORMS.
1836 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1837 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1838 FORMS once.
1839 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1840 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1841 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1847 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1848 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1849 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1853 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1854 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1855 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1856 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1857 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1859 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1861 ;;;***
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1864 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20309 60936))
1865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1868 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1869 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1870 of corresponding buffers.
1871 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1872 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1876 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1878 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1881 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1883 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1885 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1887 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1888 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1890 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1891 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1892 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1893 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1894 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1897 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1900 Special information:
1902 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1904 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1905 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1906 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1907 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1908 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1909 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1910 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1912 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1913 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1914 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1916 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1917 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1918 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1919 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1920 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1921 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1922 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1923 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1925 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1927 ----------------------------------------------------------
1928 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1929 if that value is non-nil.
1931 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1933 \(fn)" t nil)
1935 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1936 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1937 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1938 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1939 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1940 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1941 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1942 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1943 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1944 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1945 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1946 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1948 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1950 ;;;***
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1953 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1957 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1961 ;;;***
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1964 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1965 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1968 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1969 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1973 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1975 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1977 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1978 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1987 ;;;***
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20309
1990 ;;;;;; 60936))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1993 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1994 Play blackbox.
1995 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1997 What is blackbox?
1999 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2000 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2001 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2002 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2003 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2004 your score.
2006 Overview of play:
2008 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2009 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2010 four.
2012 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2013 movement keys.
2015 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2016 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2018 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2019 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2021 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2023 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2024 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2025 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2026 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2028 Details:
2030 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2032 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2033 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2034 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2035 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2037 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2038 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2039 denoted by the letter `R'.
2041 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2042 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2043 denoted by the letter `H'.
2045 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2046 example.
2048 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2049 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2050 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2051 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2053 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2054 ray.
2056 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2057 degree deflection it causes.
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2063 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2070 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2071 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2084 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2085 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2086 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2087 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2088 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2089 emerging from the box.
2091 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2098 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2103 a reflection.
2105 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2107 ;;;***
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20309 60936))
2114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2119 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2125 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2127 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2128 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2129 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2131 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2132 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2133 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2134 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2135 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2136 recent one.
2138 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2139 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2140 yank successive words.
2142 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2143 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2144 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2145 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2146 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2148 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2149 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2150 the list of bookmarks.)
2152 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2155 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2159 this.
2161 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2162 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2163 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2164 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2166 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2167 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2169 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2170 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2171 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2173 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2175 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2176 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2181 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2183 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2184 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2185 after a bookmark was set in it.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2190 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2192 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2193 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2197 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2200 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2201 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2202 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2204 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2205 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2206 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2208 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2209 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2210 name.
2212 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2215 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2216 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2218 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2219 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2220 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2221 this.
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2226 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2228 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2229 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2231 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2232 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2233 probably because we were called from there.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2238 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2239 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2241 \(fn)" t nil)
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2244 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2245 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2246 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2247 \(second argument).
2249 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2250 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2251 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2252 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2253 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2255 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2257 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'.
2260 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2263 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2264 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2265 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2266 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2267 while loading.
2269 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2270 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2271 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2272 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2273 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2274 explicitly.
2276 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2277 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2279 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2281 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2284 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2285 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2286 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2287 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2289 \(fn)" t nil)
2291 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2293 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2296 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2298 \(fn)" t nil)
2300 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2302 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2304 ;;;***
2306 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2314 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20309 60936))
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2317 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2318 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2319 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2320 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2322 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2323 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2324 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2325 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2326 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2328 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2332 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2333 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2334 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2335 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2341 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2342 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2343 narrowed.
2345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2348 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2350 \(fn)" t nil)
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2355 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2361 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2362 first, if that exists.
2364 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2368 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2369 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2375 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2376 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2377 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2378 to use.
2380 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2383 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2384 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2385 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2387 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2400 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2401 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2413 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2414 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2415 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2416 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2419 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2420 new tab in an existing window instead.
2422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2429 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2430 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2431 Firefox.
2433 When called interactively, if variable
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2435 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2436 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2437 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2440 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2441 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2443 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2444 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2447 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2448 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2449 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2450 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2451 URL in a new window.
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2458 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2459 Chromium.
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2466 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2470 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2471 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2474 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2475 new tab in an existing window instead.
2477 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2478 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2490 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2492 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2493 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2494 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2495 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2498 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2507 program is invoked according to the variable
2508 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2511 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2512 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2513 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2520 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2521 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2522 Default to the URL around or before point.
2524 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2525 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2526 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2530 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2531 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2539 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2540 Default to the URL around or before point.
2542 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2543 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2544 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2552 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2553 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2554 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2560 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2561 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2562 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2563 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2568 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2569 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2570 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2571 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2573 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2574 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2575 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2576 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2579 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2583 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2584 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2585 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2586 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2587 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2588 current one.
2590 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2591 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2592 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2593 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2596 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2600 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2601 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2602 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2603 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2604 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2605 don't offer a form of remote control.
2607 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2610 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2611 Default to the URL around or before point.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around the point.
2619 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2620 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2622 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2623 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 ;;;***
2629 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20309
2630 ;;;;;; 60936))
2631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2633 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2634 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2636 \(fn)" t nil)
2638 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2639 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2641 \(fn)" nil nil)
2643 ;;;***
2645 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2646 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20309 60936))
2647 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2649 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2650 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2651 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2652 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2657 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2658 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2659 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2661 \(fn)" t nil)
2663 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2664 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2666 \(fn)" t nil)
2668 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2669 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2670 \\<bs-mode-map>
2671 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2672 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2673 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2674 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2676 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2677 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2678 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2679 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2680 name of buffer configuration.
2682 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2684 ;;;***
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20309 60936))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2689 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2690 Play Bubbles game.
2691 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2692 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2693 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2694 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2695 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2696 columns on its right towards the left.
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2700 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2701 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2703 \(fn)" t nil)
2705 ;;;***
2707 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2708 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20309 60936))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2711 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2717 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2722 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 ;;;***
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2729 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2730 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2731 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2732 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20341 24416))
2733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2734 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2735 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2736 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2738 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2740 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2741 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2742 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2743 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2744 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2745 else the global value will be modified.
2747 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2750 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2751 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2752 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2753 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2754 else the global value will be modified.
2756 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2758 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2759 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2760 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2762 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2764 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2765 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2766 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2767 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2769 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2770 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2771 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2772 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2773 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2774 before scanning it.
2776 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2777 that already has a `.elc' file.
2779 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2780 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2783 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2784 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2785 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2786 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2787 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2789 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2791 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2792 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2793 Print the result in the echo area.
2794 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2798 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2799 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2800 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2802 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2804 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2805 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2806 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2807 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2808 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2809 all functions called by those functions.
2811 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2812 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2813 cons, etc.).
2815 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2816 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2817 invoked interactively.
2819 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2822 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2823 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2824 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2826 \(fn)" nil nil)
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2830 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2831 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2832 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2833 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2834 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2835 already up-to-date.
2837 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2839 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2840 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2841 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2842 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2844 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2845 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2846 and corresponding effects.
2848 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2850 ;;;***
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20309
2853 ;;;;;; 60936))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2856 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;***
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20309 60936))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2865 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2867 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2869 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2871 ;;;***
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2874 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2877 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2878 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2879 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2880 from the cursor position.
2882 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2884 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2886 ;;;***
2888 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2889 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2890 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20309
2891 ;;;;;; 60936))
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2893 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2895 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2901 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2903 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2905 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2908 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2910 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2911 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2913 \(fn)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2916 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2917 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2918 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2920 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2923 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2924 This is most useful in the X window system.
2925 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2926 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2928 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2931 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2932 See calc-keypad for details.
2934 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2937 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2939 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2942 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2944 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2946 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2947 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2949 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2951 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2952 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2953 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2955 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2958 Define Calc function.
2960 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2961 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2962 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2964 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2965 actual Lisp function name.
2967 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2969 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2971 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2973 ;;;***
2975 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20309
2976 ;;;;;; 60936))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2979 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2982 \(fn N)" t nil)
2984 ;;;***
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20309
2987 ;;;;;; 60936))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2990 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2991 Run the Emacs calculator.
2992 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2994 \(fn)" t nil)
2996 ;;;***
2998 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20343
2999 ;;;;;; 47906))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3002 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3003 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3004 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3005 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3006 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3007 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3009 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3010 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3011 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3012 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3013 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3014 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3015 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3016 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3017 window.
3019 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3020 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3022 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3023 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3024 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3025 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3026 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3027 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3029 Runs the following hooks:
3031 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3032 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3033 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3034 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3036 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3040 ;;;***
3042 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3043 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20309 60936))
3044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3046 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3047 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3049 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3051 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3052 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3053 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3054 it fails.
3056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3058 ;;;***
3060 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3061 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
3062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3064 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3065 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3067 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3068 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3070 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3071 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3072 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3073 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3074 restriction to ASCII.
3076 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3078 capitalizedWorDD
3079 ^ ^ ^^
3081 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3082 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3083 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3085 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3086 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3087 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3088 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3089 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3090 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3091 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3093 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3094 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3098 ;;;***
3100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20309
3101 ;;;;;; 60936))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3103 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3105 ;;;***
3107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3108 ;;;;;; (20324 28875))
3109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3111 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3112 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3114 \(fn)" nil nil)
3116 ;;;***
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3119 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3120 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20309 60936))
3121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3123 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3124 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3127 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3129 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3132 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3134 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3135 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3136 made from scratch.
3138 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3140 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3141 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3152 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3154 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3155 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3156 made from scratch.
3158 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3160 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3161 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3172 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3174 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3175 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3176 made from scratch.
3178 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3180 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3181 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3183 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3184 variables are guessed:
3186 * `c-basic-offset', and
3187 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3188 `c-offsets-alist'.
3190 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3193 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3194 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3196 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3197 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3198 guess is made from scratch.
3200 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3201 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3203 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3205 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3206 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3207 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3208 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3210 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3211 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3212 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3214 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3216 ;;;***
3218 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3219 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3220 ;;;;;; (20324 28875))
3221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3223 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3225 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3226 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3227 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3228 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3229 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3231 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3233 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3234 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3244 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3248 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3249 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c-mode-map}
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3261 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3262 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3264 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 message.
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{c++-mode-map}
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3282 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3283 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 message.
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3299 Key bindings:
3300 \\{objc-mode-map}
3302 \(fn)" t nil)
3304 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3305 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3306 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3308 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3309 Major mode for editing Java code.
3310 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3311 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3312 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3313 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3314 message.
3316 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3318 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3319 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3321 Key bindings:
3322 \\{java-mode-map}
3324 \(fn)" t nil)
3326 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3327 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3328 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3330 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3331 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3333 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3334 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3335 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3336 message.
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3343 Key bindings:
3344 \\{idl-mode-map}
3346 \(fn)" t nil)
3348 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3349 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3350 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3353 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3354 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3355 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3356 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3357 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3358 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3359 message.
3361 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3363 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3364 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3366 Key bindings:
3367 \\{pike-mode-map}
3369 \(fn)" t nil)
3370 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3374 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3375 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3377 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3378 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3379 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3380 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3381 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3382 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3384 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3386 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3387 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3389 Key bindings:
3390 \\{awk-mode-map}
3392 \(fn)" t nil)
3394 ;;;***
3396 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20309 60936))
3398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3400 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3401 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3402 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3403 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3405 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3407 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3408 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3409 might get set too.
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3412 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3413 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3414 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3415 way.
3417 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3418 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3419 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3420 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3421 a null operation.
3423 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3425 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3426 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3427 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3428 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3430 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3432 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3433 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3434 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3436 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3438 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3439 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3440 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3441 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3442 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3444 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3446 ;;;***
3448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20309 60936))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3450 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3451 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3452 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3454 ;;;***
3456 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3457 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3461 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3462 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3464 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3466 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3467 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3469 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3471 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3474 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3475 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3476 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3477 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3478 execution.
3480 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3482 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3484 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3485 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3487 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3488 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3492 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3493 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3494 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3495 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3496 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3497 `write' commands.
3499 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3500 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3501 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3502 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3504 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3505 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3506 semantics.
3508 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3510 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3512 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3514 STATEMENT :=
3515 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3516 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3518 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3519 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3520 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3521 | integer
3523 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3525 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3526 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3527 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3529 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3530 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3531 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3533 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3534 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3536 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3537 BREAK := (break)
3539 REPEAT :=
3540 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3541 (repeat)
3542 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; (repeat))
3544 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3545 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3546 ;; (read REG)
3547 ;; (repeat))
3548 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3549 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3550 ;; (read REG)
3551 ;; (repeat))
3552 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3554 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3555 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3556 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3557 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3558 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3559 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3560 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3561 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3562 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3563 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3564 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3565 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3566 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3567 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3568 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3569 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3571 WRITE :=
3572 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3573 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3574 ;; representation.
3575 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3576 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; (write r7))
3578 | (write EXPRESSION)
3579 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3580 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; representation.
3582 | (write integer)
3583 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3584 ;; buffer.
3585 | (write string)
3586 ;; Same as: (write string)
3587 | string
3588 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3589 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3590 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3591 ;; representation.
3592 | (write REG ARRAY)
3593 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3594 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3595 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3596 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3597 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3598 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3600 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3601 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3603 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3604 END := (end)
3606 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3607 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3608 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3610 ARG := REG | integer
3612 OPERATOR :=
3613 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3614 + | - | * | / | %
3616 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 | & | `|' | ^
3619 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 | << | >>
3622 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3623 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3624 | <8
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3629 | >8
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3633 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3634 | //
3636 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3637 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3639 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3640 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3641 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3643 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3644 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3645 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3646 | de-sjis
3648 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3649 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3650 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3651 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3652 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3653 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3654 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3655 ;; byte of SJIS.
3656 | en-sjis
3658 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3659 ;; Same meaning as C code
3660 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3662 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3664 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3665 | <8=
3667 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3668 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3669 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3671 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3672 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3673 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3674 | //=
3676 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3679 TRANSLATE :=
3680 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3681 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3682 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3683 LOOKUP :=
3684 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3685 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3686 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3687 MAP :=
3688 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3689 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3690 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3691 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3692 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3693 MAP-ID := integer
3695 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3697 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3699 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3700 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3701 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3702 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3703 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3704 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3706 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3708 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3709 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3710 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3712 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3714 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3716 ;;;***
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3719 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
3720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3722 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3723 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3724 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3725 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3727 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3729 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3731 ;;;***
3733 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3734 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20309 60936))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3737 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3739 There are no special keybindings by default.
3741 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3742 to the action header.
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3747 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3748 There are no special keybindings by default.
3750 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3751 to the action header.
3753 \(fn)" t nil)
3755 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3756 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3757 on the buffer contents
3759 \(fn)" nil nil)
3761 ;;;***
3763 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20309 60936))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3767 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3768 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3769 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3771 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3773 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3774 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3775 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3777 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3779 ;;;***
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3787 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3788 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3789 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20309 60936))
3790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3791 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3800 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3803 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3804 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3805 the users will view as each check is completed.
3807 \(fn)" t nil)
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3810 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3811 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3812 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3813 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3814 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3815 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3816 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3818 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3821 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3822 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3823 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3824 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3825 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3826 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3827 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3829 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3833 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3834 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3835 spacing are all verified.
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3840 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3841 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3842 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3843 otherwise stop after the first error.
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3848 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3849 Only documentation strings are checked.
3850 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3851 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3852 a separate buffer.
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3857 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3858 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3859 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3860 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3865 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3866 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3867 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3868 if there is one.
3870 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3873 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3874 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3875 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3876 if there is one.
3877 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3879 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3882 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3883 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3888 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3889 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3890 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3891 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3896 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3897 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3898 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3899 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3900 space at the end of each line.
3902 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3906 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3909 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3916 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3923 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3937 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3940 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3941 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3942 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3944 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3947 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3948 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3949 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3954 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3955 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3956 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3958 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3960 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3961 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3962 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3963 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3965 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3967 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3968 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3973 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3974 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3975 checking of documentation strings.
3977 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3981 ;;;***
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3984 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3985 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20309 60936))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3988 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3989 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3990 Return the length of resulting text.
3992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3994 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3995 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3999 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4000 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4001 Return the length of resulting text.
4003 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4005 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4006 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4008 \(fn)" t nil)
4010 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4013 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4015 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4020 ;;;***
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4023 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20309 60936))
4024 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4026 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4027 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4028 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4029 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4030 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4031 editing and the result is evaluated.
4033 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4035 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4036 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4037 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4038 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4039 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4041 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4043 \(fn)" t nil)
4045 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4046 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4047 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4048 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4049 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4051 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4052 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4053 \\{command-history-map}
4055 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4056 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4058 \(fn)" t nil)
4060 ;;;***
4062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20309 60936))
4063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4065 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4066 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4067 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4068 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4069 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4070 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4072 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4073 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4075 ;;;***
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4078 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
4079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4081 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4082 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4083 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4084 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4085 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4086 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4087 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4088 of this function.
4090 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4091 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4092 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4093 property are:
4095 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4096 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4098 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4099 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4100 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4101 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4102 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4103 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4104 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4105 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4106 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4107 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4108 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4109 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4111 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4112 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4113 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4115 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4116 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4117 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4118 list elements are:
4120 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4122 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4124 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4126 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4127 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4129 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4130 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4132 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4133 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4134 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4135 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4136 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4137 value specified by their associated list element.
4139 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4141 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4142 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4143 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4145 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4146 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4147 * indent the first argument by 4.
4148 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4149 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4150 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4152 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4154 ;;;***
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4157 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4175 ;;;***
4177 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20309
4178 ;;;;;; 60936))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4191 is run).
4192 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4194 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4196 ;;;***
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20309 60936))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4201 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4202 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4203 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4204 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4206 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4207 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4209 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4210 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4211 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4213 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4215 ;;;***
4217 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4218 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4219 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4220 ;;;;;; (20321 40986))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4240 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4241 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4242 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4243 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4244 process as its initial input.
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4248 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4250 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4252 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4253 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4254 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4255 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4256 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4257 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4258 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4259 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4260 process as its initial input.
4262 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4264 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4266 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4268 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4269 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4270 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4271 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4272 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4273 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4275 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4277 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4278 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4279 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4280 directory tracking functions.")
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4292 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4294 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4296 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4298 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4299 Send COMMAND to current process.
4300 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4301 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4303 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4310 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4312 ;;;***
4314 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4315 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
4316 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4318 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4319 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4320 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4321 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4323 This command pushes the mark in each window
4324 at the prior location of point in that window.
4325 If both windows display the same buffer,
4326 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4327 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4329 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4331 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4332 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4333 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4334 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4335 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4336 ignored.
4338 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4339 this command work in interlaced mode:
4340 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4341 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4342 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4344 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4346 ;;;***
4348 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4349 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4350 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4351 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4352 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20309
4353 ;;;;;; 60936))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4356 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4357 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4359 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4361 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4362 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4363 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4364 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4365 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4366 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4367 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4369 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4371 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4372 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4376 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4377 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4378 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4379 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4380 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4382 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4383 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4384 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4385 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4386 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4388 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4389 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4390 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4391 describing how the process finished.")
4393 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4394 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4395 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4396 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4397 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4399 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4400 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4401 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4403 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4405 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4406 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4407 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4408 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4410 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4412 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4413 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4415 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4416 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4418 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4419 (lambda ()
4420 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4421 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4422 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4423 (concat \"make -k \"
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4448 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4449 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4450 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4452 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4453 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4454 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4455 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4457 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4458 kills its subprocesses.
4460 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4461 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4462 to a function that generates a unique name.
4464 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4466 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4467 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4468 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4469 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4471 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4472 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4474 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4475 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4476 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4477 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4479 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4480 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4481 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4483 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4485 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4487 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4488 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4489 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4490 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4491 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4493 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4495 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4497 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4499 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4502 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4503 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4505 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4506 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4507 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4508 See `compilation-mode'.
4510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4512 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4513 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4515 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4516 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4518 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4519 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4520 `compilation-mode'.
4522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4524 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4525 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4526 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4528 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4530 ;;;***
4532 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4533 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4536 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4537 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4538 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4541 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4543 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4545 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4546 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4548 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4549 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553 ;;;***
4555 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4556 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4557 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4558 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
4559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4561 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4562 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4563 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4564 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4565 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4566 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4567 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4569 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4570 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4571 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4573 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4574 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4575 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4577 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4578 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4579 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4580 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4582 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4583 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4584 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4585 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4586 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4587 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4588 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4590 \\{conf-mode-map}
4592 \(fn)" t nil)
4594 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4595 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4596 Comments start with `#'.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4601 \[Desktop Entry]
4602 Encoding=UTF-8
4603 Name=The GIMP
4604 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4605 Name[cs]=GIMP
4607 \(fn)" t nil)
4609 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4610 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4611 Comments start with `;'.
4612 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4616 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4617 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4618 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4620 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4621 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4625 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4627 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4628 between `/*' and `*/'.
4629 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4631 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4632 // another kind of comment
4633 /* yet another */
4635 name:value
4636 name=value
4637 name value
4638 x.1 =
4639 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4644 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4646 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4647 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4648 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4649 `conf-space-keywords'.
4650 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4651 in an interactive fashion instead.
4653 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4657 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4658 image/png png
4659 image/tiff tiff tif
4661 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4662 class desktop
4663 # Standard multimedia devices
4664 add /dev/audio desktop
4665 add /dev/mixer desktop
4667 \(fn)" t nil)
4669 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4670 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4671 See `conf-space-mode'.
4673 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4675 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4676 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4677 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4678 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4680 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4682 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4683 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4687 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4688 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4689 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4690 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4694 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4695 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4697 \(fn)" t nil)
4699 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4700 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4701 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4702 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4704 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4706 *background: gray99
4707 *foreground: black
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 ;;;***
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4714 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20309 60936))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4717 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4718 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4719 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4720 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4724 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4725 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4726 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4727 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4729 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4731 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4732 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4733 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4734 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4736 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4739 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4741 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4743 ;;;***
4745 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4746 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20324
4747 ;;;;;; 28875))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4749 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4751 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4753 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4754 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4755 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4756 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4757 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4758 following the copyright are updated as well.
4759 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4760 interactively.
4762 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4764 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4765 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4766 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4767 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4768 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4770 \(fn)" t nil)
4772 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4773 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4775 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4777 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4778 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4779 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4781 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4783 ;;;***
4785 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4786 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20309 60936))
4787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4788 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4794 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4797 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4798 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4799 Tab indents for Perl code.
4800 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4801 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4803 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4804 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4805 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4806 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4807 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4808 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4809 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4810 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4811 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4812 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4813 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4814 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4816 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4818 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4819 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4821 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4823 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4824 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4825 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4826 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4827 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4828 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4829 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4830 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4831 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4833 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4835 bite if angry;
4837 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4838 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4839 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4840 to nil.)
4842 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4843 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4844 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4846 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4848 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4849 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4850 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4851 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4852 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4854 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4856 if (A) { B }
4858 into
4860 B if A;
4862 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4864 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4865 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4866 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4867 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4868 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4869 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4870 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4871 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4872 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4873 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4874 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4875 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4876 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4878 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4879 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4880 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4881 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4882 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4883 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4885 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4886 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4887 man via menu.
4889 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4890 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4891 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4892 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4893 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4895 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4896 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4897 span the needed amount of lines.
4899 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4900 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4901 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4902 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4904 Variables controlling indentation style:
4905 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4906 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4908 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4909 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4910 `cperl-auto-newline'
4911 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4912 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4913 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4914 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4915 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4916 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4917 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4918 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4919 `cperl-indent-level'
4920 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4921 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4922 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4923 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4924 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4925 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4926 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4927 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4928 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4929 `cperl-brace-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4931 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4932 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4933 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4934 `cperl-label-offset'
4935 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4936 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4937 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4939 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4940 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4941 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4942 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4943 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4944 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4946 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4947 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4948 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4949 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4951 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4952 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4953 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4954 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4955 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4956 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4957 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4959 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4960 column 0 is indented on
4961 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4963 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4964 with no args.
4966 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4967 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4968 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4970 \(fn)" t nil)
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4975 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4977 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4978 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4982 ;;;***
4984 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4985 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
4986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4988 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4989 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4990 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4991 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4992 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4994 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4996 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4997 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4999 \(fn)" t nil)
5001 ;;;***
5003 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5004 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
5005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5007 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5008 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5009 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5010 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5013 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5015 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5017 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5018 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5020 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5021 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5025 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5027 ;;;***
5029 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5030 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
5031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5033 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5034 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5035 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5036 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5038 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5039 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5040 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5041 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5043 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5044 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5045 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5047 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5048 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5049 'bob', and 'eve'.
5051 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5052 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5053 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5055 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5057 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5058 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5059 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5061 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5063 ;;;***
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20309
5066 ;;;;;; 60936))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5069 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5070 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5072 \(fn)" t nil)
5074 ;;;***
5076 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5077 ;;;;;; (20315 3938))
5078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5080 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5081 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5082 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5085 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5087 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5089 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5090 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5092 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5093 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5095 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5096 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5097 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5098 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5099 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5100 normal function of these prefix keys.
5102 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5103 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5104 options:
5105 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5106 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5107 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5109 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5110 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5111 the prefix fallback behavior.
5113 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5114 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5115 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5116 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5120 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5121 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5123 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5125 ;;;***
5127 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5128 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5129 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5130 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5131 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5132 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5133 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5134 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5135 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5136 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5137 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20309 60936))
5138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5140 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5141 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5143 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5145 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5146 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5148 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5150 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5151 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5155 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5156 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5158 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5159 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5162 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5164 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5166 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5168 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5169 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5170 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5172 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5173 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5185 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5187 Return VALUE.
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5202 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5203 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5204 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5205 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5207 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5208 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5209 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5211 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5213 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5214 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5215 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5216 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5217 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5219 \(fn)" t nil)
5221 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5222 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5223 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5224 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5226 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5228 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5230 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5232 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5234 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5237 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5239 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5241 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5242 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5244 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5246 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5248 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5250 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5252 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5254 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5255 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5256 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5257 as part of Emacs itself.
5259 Each elements looks like this:
5261 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5263 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5264 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5265 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5266 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5267 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5268 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5269 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5270 and `defface'.
5272 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5274 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5275 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5276 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5277 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5278 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5280 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5281 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5282 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5283 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5285 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5287 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5288 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5289 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5290 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5291 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5293 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5294 that were added or redefined since that version.
5296 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5300 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5301 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5303 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5305 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5306 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5308 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5310 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5312 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5314 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5315 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5317 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5319 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5322 \(fn)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5327 \(fn)" t nil)
5329 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all saved options and faces.
5332 \(fn)" t nil)
5334 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5336 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5337 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5338 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5339 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5341 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5342 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5343 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5344 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5345 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5346 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5348 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5352 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5353 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5355 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5367 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5368 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5369 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5370 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5371 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5372 that option.
5374 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5376 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5377 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5378 The result includes selecting that window.
5379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5382 that option.
5384 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5386 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5389 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5391 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5392 File used for storing customization information.
5393 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5394 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5395 it should be an absolute file name.
5397 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5398 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5399 something like the following in your init file:
5401 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5402 \(load custom-file)
5404 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5405 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5407 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5408 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5409 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5410 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5411 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5413 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5414 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5415 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5416 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5417 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5418 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5419 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5420 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5421 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5422 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5424 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5426 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5429 \(fn)" nil nil)
5431 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5432 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5436 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5437 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5438 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5440 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5442 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5444 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5445 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5446 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5448 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5450 ;;;***
5452 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5453 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20335
5454 ;;;;;; 8681))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5457 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5458 Create or edit a custom theme.
5459 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5460 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5461 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5462 from the Custom save file.
5463 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5464 named *Custom Theme*.
5466 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5468 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5469 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5471 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5473 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5474 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5476 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5478 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5479 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5480 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5481 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5483 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5485 ;;;***
5487 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5488 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5491 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5492 Mode used for cvs status output.
5494 \(fn)" t nil)
5496 ;;;***
5498 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5499 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20309 60936))
5500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5502 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5503 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5505 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5507 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5508 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5509 C++ modes are included.
5511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5512 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5513 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5518 Turn on CWarn mode.
5520 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5521 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5523 \(fn)" nil nil)
5525 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5526 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5527 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5530 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5532 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5534 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5535 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5536 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5537 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5538 ARG is omitted or nil.
5540 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5541 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5542 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546 ;;;***
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5549 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5550 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5553 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5554 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5556 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5558 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5559 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5561 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5563 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5564 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5565 For readability, the table is slightly
5566 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5568 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5569 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5570 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5571 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5572 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5574 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5576 ;;;***
5578 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5579 ;;;;;; (20320 14810))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5581 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5582 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5583 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5584 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5586 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5587 Completion on current word.
5588 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5589 and presents suggestions for completion.
5591 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5592 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5593 completions.
5595 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5596 then it searches *all* buffers.
5598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5600 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5601 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5603 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5604 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5605 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5606 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5607 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5609 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5610 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5612 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5613 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5614 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5616 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5617 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5619 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5623 ;;;***
5625 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5626 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
5627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5629 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5630 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5632 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5634 ;;;***
5636 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20314
5637 ;;;;;; 46279))
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5640 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5641 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5642 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5643 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5644 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5646 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5648 ;;;***
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20309
5651 ;;;;;; 60936))
5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5654 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5655 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5657 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5658 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5659 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5661 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5662 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5663 Data lines are not indented.
5665 Key bindings:
5667 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5668 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5670 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5671 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5672 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5673 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5675 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5677 dcl-basic-offset
5678 Extra indentation within blocks.
5680 dcl-continuation-offset
5681 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5683 dcl-margin-offset
5684 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5686 dcl-margin-label-offset
5687 Indentation for a label.
5689 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5690 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5692 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5693 dcl-block-end-regexp
5694 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5695 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5696 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5697 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5698 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5700 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5701 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5702 Two such functions are included in the package:
5703 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5704 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5706 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5707 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5708 One such function is included in the package:
5709 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5711 dcl-tab-always-indent
5712 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5713 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5714 margin.
5716 dcl-electric-characters
5717 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5718 typed.
5720 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5721 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5722 which words trigger electric indentation.
5724 dcl-tempo-comma
5725 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5726 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5727 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5729 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5730 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5731 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5732 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5734 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5735 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5736 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5737 dcl-imenu-label-call
5738 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5740 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5741 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5742 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5743 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5746 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5748 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5749 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5750 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5751 $ i = 1
5752 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5753 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5754 $ label:
5755 $ if i.eq.1
5756 $ then
5757 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5758 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5759 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5760 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5761 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5762 \"lined up with the command line\"
5763 $ type sys$input
5764 Data lines are not indented at all.
5765 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5766 $ endif
5770 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5771 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 ;;;***
5777 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20309 60936))
5779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5781 (setq debugger 'debug)
5783 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5784 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5785 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5786 of the evaluator.
5788 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5789 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5790 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5792 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5795 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5797 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5799 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5800 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5801 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5802 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5803 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5804 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5806 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5807 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5809 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5812 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5813 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5814 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5815 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5817 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5819 ;;;***
5821 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5822 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5825 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5826 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5830 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5831 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5832 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5833 Upper-case letters are commands.
5835 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5836 modify it.
5838 The most useful commands are:
5839 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5840 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5841 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5842 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5843 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5844 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5848 ;;;***
5850 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5851 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20309
5852 ;;;;;; 60936))
5853 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5855 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5856 Customization of `columns' group.
5858 \(fn)" t nil)
5860 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5861 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5863 START and END delimits the text region.
5865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5870 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5874 ;;;***
5876 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20309
5877 ;;;;;; 60936))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5880 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5881 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5882 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5883 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5884 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5885 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5886 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5888 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5890 Customization:
5892 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5893 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5894 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5895 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5896 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5897 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5898 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5899 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5900 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5901 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5902 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5903 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5904 blank line.
5905 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5906 Directories to search when finding external units.
5907 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5908 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5910 Coloring:
5912 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5913 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5914 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5915 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5916 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5917 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5918 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5919 Face used to color everything else.
5921 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5922 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5924 \(fn)" t nil)
5926 ;;;***
5928 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20309
5929 ;;;;;; 60936))
5930 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5932 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5934 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5935 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5936 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5939 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5941 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5943 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5944 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5945 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5946 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5947 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5949 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5950 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5951 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5952 any selection.
5954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5956 ;;;***
5958 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5959 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20309 60936))
5960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5962 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5963 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5965 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5967 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5968 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5969 or nil if there is no parent.
5970 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5971 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5972 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5973 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5974 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5976 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5977 arguments are currently understood:
5978 :group GROUP
5979 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5980 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5981 :syntax-table TABLE
5982 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5983 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5984 :abbrev-table TABLE
5985 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5986 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5988 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5990 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5992 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5993 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5994 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5996 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5997 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5999 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6000 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6001 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6003 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6004 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6006 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6007 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6009 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6011 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6013 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6015 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6016 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6017 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6018 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6019 the first time the mode is used.
6021 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6023 ;;;***
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6026 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20309 60936))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6029 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6030 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6031 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6032 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6033 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6034 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6035 otherwise.
6037 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6039 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6040 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6041 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6042 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6044 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6045 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6046 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6048 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6049 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6050 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6051 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6052 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6053 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6054 relevant to POS.
6056 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6058 ;;;***
6060 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6061 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6062 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6063 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20309 60936))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6066 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6067 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6068 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6070 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6072 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6073 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6075 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6076 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6078 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6079 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6080 `desktop-read' for details.
6082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6084 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6085 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6086 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6087 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6089 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6091 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6092 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6093 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6095 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6096 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6097 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6099 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6100 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6102 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6103 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6104 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6106 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6107 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6108 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6109 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6111 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6113 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6114 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6116 Handlers are called with argument list
6118 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6120 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6122 desktop-file-version
6123 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6124 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6125 desktop-buffer-point
6126 desktop-buffer-mark
6127 desktop-buffer-read-only
6128 desktop-buffer-locals
6130 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6131 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6133 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6134 code like
6136 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6138 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6139 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6141 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6143 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6145 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6146 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6147 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6148 List elements must have the form
6150 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6152 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6153 function.
6155 Handlers are called with argument list
6157 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6159 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6161 desktop-file-version
6162 desktop-buffer-file-name
6163 desktop-buffer-name
6164 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6165 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6166 desktop-buffer-point
6167 desktop-buffer-mark
6168 desktop-buffer-read-only
6169 desktop-buffer-misc
6171 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6172 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6173 created and set.
6175 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6176 code like
6178 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6180 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6181 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6183 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6185 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6187 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6189 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6190 Empty the Desktop.
6191 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6192 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6193 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6195 \(fn)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6198 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6199 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6200 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6201 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6203 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6206 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6207 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6209 \(fn)" t nil)
6211 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6212 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6213 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6214 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6215 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6216 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6217 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6218 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6220 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6222 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6223 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6224 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6226 \(fn)" nil nil)
6228 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6229 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6230 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6231 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6232 directory DIRNAME.
6234 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6236 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6237 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6239 \(fn)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6242 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6246 ;;;***
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6249 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6250 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20309 60936))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6253 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6254 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6255 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6256 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6257 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6258 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6260 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6263 Repair a broken attribution line.
6264 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6266 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6269 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6270 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6271 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6273 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6276 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6278 \(fn)" t nil)
6280 ;;;***
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6283 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20309 60936))
6284 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6286 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6287 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6288 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6289 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6290 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6294 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6295 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6296 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6297 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6299 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6300 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6301 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6302 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6304 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6305 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6307 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6308 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6309 calendar-date-style 'european
6310 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6312 \(diary-mail-entries)
6314 # diary-rem.el ends here
6316 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6318 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6319 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6321 \(fn)" t nil)
6323 ;;;***
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6326 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20309 60936))
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6329 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6330 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6332 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6334 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6335 The command to use to run diff.")
6337 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6339 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6340 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6341 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6342 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6343 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6344 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6346 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6347 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6348 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6350 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6352 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6353 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6354 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6355 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6356 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6357 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6359 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6362 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6363 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6367 ;;;***
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6370 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6373 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6374 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6375 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6376 normal diffs.
6378 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6379 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6380 headers for you on-the-fly.
6382 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6383 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6384 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6386 \\{diff-mode-map}
6388 \(fn)" t nil)
6390 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6391 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6400 ;;;***
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20309 60936))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6405 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6406 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6407 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6409 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6414 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20343 49216))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6417 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6418 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6419 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6420 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6421 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6422 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6423 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6424 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6426 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6428 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6429 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6430 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6431 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6432 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6433 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6435 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6436 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6437 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6438 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6439 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6440 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6441 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6442 list of files to make directory entries for.
6443 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6444 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6445 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6447 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6449 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6450 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6452 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6453 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6455 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6456 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6458 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6459 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6461 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6464 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6466 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6468 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6469 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6470 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6471 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6472 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6473 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6474 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6475 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6476 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6477 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6478 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6479 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6480 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6481 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6482 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6483 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6484 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6485 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6486 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6487 to see why something went wrong.
6488 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6489 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6490 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6491 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6492 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6493 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6494 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6495 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6496 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6497 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6498 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6499 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6500 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6502 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6503 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6504 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6505 again for the directory tree.
6507 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6508 for more info):
6510 `dired-listing-switches'
6511 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6512 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6513 `dired-marker-char'
6514 `dired-del-marker'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6517 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6518 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6520 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6522 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6523 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6524 `dired-mode-hook'
6525 `dired-load-hook'
6527 Keybindings:
6528 \\{dired-mode-map}
6530 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6531 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6533 ;;;***
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6536 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6539 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6540 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6545 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6546 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6547 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6549 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6550 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6551 directory.
6553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6555 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6556 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6557 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6558 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6559 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6560 from `default-directory'.
6562 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6564 ;;;***
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20309
6567 ;;;;;; 60936))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6570 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6571 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6572 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6573 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6574 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6575 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6577 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6579 ;;;***
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6582 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6583 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6584 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6585 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6586 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20309 60936))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6589 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6590 Return a new, empty display table.
6592 \(fn)" nil nil)
6594 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6595 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6596 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6597 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6598 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6600 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6602 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6611 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6613 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6616 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6620 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6621 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6623 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6624 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6626 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6627 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6628 byte.
6630 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6631 in the default way after this call.
6633 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6638 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6641 Display character C using printable string S.
6643 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6646 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6647 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6648 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6650 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6654 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6655 X frame.
6657 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6659 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6660 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6662 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6664 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6665 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6667 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6670 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6672 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6675 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6677 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6680 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6682 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6685 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6687 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6688 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6690 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6691 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6693 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6694 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6695 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6696 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6698 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6699 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6700 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6701 in `.emacs'.
6703 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6705 ;;;***
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6708 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6711 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6712 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6713 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6714 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6715 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6716 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6717 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6718 Default is 2.
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6722 ;;;***
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20309 60936))
6725 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6727 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6728 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6729 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6730 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6731 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6732 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6733 private or ask).
6734 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6735 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6736 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6737 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6738 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6740 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6742 ;;;***
6744 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6745 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20309 60936))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6748 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6749 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6750 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6751 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6752 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6753 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6754 table and its own syntax table.
6756 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6761 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6762 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6764 \(fn)" t nil)
6766 ;;;***
6768 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6769 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20309
6770 ;;;;;; 60936))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6773 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6774 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6775 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6776 OpenDocument format).
6778 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6780 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6781 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6783 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6784 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6786 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6787 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6788 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6790 \(fn)" t nil)
6792 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6793 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6794 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6795 to the next best mode.
6797 \(fn)" nil nil)
6799 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6800 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6803 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6805 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6809 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6812 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6814 ;;;***
6816 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20309 60936))
6817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6819 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6820 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6822 \(fn)" t nil)
6824 ;;;***
6826 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20309 60936))
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6829 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6830 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6835 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6836 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6840 ;;;***
6842 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20309 60936))
6843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6845 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6846 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6848 \(fn)" t nil)
6850 ;;;***
6852 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6853 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20309 60936))
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6857 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6859 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6860 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6861 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6862 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6863 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6865 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6866 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6867 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6868 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6869 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6870 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6871 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6873 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6874 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6875 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6876 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6877 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6878 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6879 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6880 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6882 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6883 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6884 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6885 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6886 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6887 mode is global):
6889 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6890 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6891 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6892 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6893 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6894 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6895 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6896 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6897 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6898 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6899 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6900 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6901 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6902 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6903 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6904 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6905 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6906 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6907 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6908 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6909 the terms used in :variable).
6910 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6911 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6913 For example, you could write
6914 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6915 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6916 ...BODY CODE...)
6918 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6920 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6922 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6924 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6925 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6926 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6927 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6928 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6929 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6930 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6931 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6932 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6933 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6934 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6935 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6937 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6938 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6939 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6940 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6941 call another major mode in their body.
6943 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6945 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6946 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6947 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6948 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6949 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6950 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6951 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6953 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6955 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6956 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6957 :inherit Parent keymap.
6958 :group Ignored.
6959 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6960 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6962 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6964 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6965 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6966 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6967 the constant's documentation.
6969 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6971 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6972 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6973 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6975 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6977 ;;;***
6979 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6980 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20309
6981 ;;;;;; 60936))
6982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6984 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6985 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6987 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6988 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6989 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6991 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6992 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6994 :filter FUNCTION
6996 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6997 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6999 :visible INCLUDE
7001 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7002 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7004 :active ENABLE
7006 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7007 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7009 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7011 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7013 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7015 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7016 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7018 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7019 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7021 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7023 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7025 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7027 :keys KEYS
7029 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7030 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7031 computed automatically.
7032 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7034 :key-sequence KEYS
7036 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7037 menu item.
7038 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7039 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7040 keyboard equivalent.
7042 :active ENABLE
7044 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7045 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7047 :visible INCLUDE
7049 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7050 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7052 :label FORM
7054 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7055 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7057 :suffix FORM
7059 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7060 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7062 :style STYLE
7064 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7065 defined:
7067 toggle: A checkbox.
7068 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7069 radio: A radio button.
7070 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7071 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7072 menu bar itself.
7073 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7075 :selected SELECTED
7077 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7078 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7080 :help HELP
7082 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7084 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7085 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7086 as a solid horizontal line.
7088 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7090 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7092 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7094 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7097 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7099 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7100 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7101 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7102 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7104 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7106 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7107 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7108 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7109 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7110 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7111 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7113 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7114 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7115 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7117 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7118 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7119 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7121 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7122 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7124 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7126 ;;;***
7128 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7129 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7130 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7131 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7132 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7133 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20309 60936))
7136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7138 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7139 Customization for ebnf group.
7141 \(fn)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7146 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7148 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7149 processed.
7151 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7153 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7158 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7159 killed after process termination.
7161 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7163 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7168 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7169 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7170 it to the printer.
7172 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7173 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7174 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7175 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7177 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7181 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7183 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7188 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7190 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7191 processed.
7193 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7195 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7200 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7201 killed after process termination.
7203 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7205 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7209 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7210 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7212 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7214 \(fn)" t nil)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7218 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7220 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7222 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7227 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7229 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7230 processed.
7232 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7239 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7240 killed after EPS generation.
7242 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7244 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7249 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7250 The EPS file name has the following form:
7252 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7254 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7255 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7257 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7258 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7259 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7260 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7261 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7263 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7264 files.
7266 \(fn)" t nil)
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7271 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7272 The EPS file name has the following form:
7274 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7276 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7277 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7279 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7280 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7281 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7282 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7283 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7285 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7286 files.
7288 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7290 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7292 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7295 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7297 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7298 are processed.
7300 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7302 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7307 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7308 killed after syntax checking.
7310 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7312 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7317 \(fn)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7320 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7322 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7327 \(fn)" nil nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7332 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7334 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7336 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7337 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7339 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7341 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Delete style NAME.
7346 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7348 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7351 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7353 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7357 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7358 Set STYLE as the current style.
7360 Returns the old style symbol.
7362 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7364 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7366 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7367 Reset current style.
7369 Returns the old style symbol.
7371 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7373 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7376 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7378 Returns the old style symbol.
7380 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7382 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7384 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7387 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7389 Returns the old style symbol.
7391 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7393 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7397 ;;;***
7399 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7400 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7401 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7402 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7403 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20309
7410 ;;;;;; 60936))
7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7414 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7415 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7416 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7417 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7418 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7420 Tree mode key bindings:
7421 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7426 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7428 \(fn)" t nil)
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7431 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7433 \(fn)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7436 View declaration of member at point.
7438 \(fn)" t nil)
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7441 Find declaration of member at point.
7443 \(fn)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7446 View definition of member at point.
7448 \(fn)" t nil)
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7451 Find definition of member at point.
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7456 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7461 View definition of member at point in other window.
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7466 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7468 \(fn)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7471 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7476 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7481 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7486 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7487 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7488 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7489 completion.
7491 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7494 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7495 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7496 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7498 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7501 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7502 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7503 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7505 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7508 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7509 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7511 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7514 Search for call sites of a member.
7515 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7516 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7517 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7518 looks like a function call to the member.
7520 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7523 Move backward in the position stack.
7524 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7529 Move forward in the position stack.
7530 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7532 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7535 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7537 \(fn)" t nil)
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7540 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7545 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7546 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7547 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7549 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7552 Display statistics for a class tree.
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7556 ;;;***
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7559 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7562 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7563 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7564 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7565 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7567 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7568 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7569 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7571 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7572 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7573 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7575 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7577 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7581 ;;;***
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7584 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20309 60936))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7587 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7588 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7589 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7591 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7593 ;;;***
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7596 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7599 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7602 \(fn)" nil nil)
7604 ;;;***
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20309 60936))
7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7609 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7610 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7611 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7614 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7616 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7618 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7619 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7621 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7622 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7624 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7625 an EDE controlled project.
7627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7629 ;;;***
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7632 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7633 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20343 47906))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7636 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7637 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7638 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7639 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7640 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7642 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7643 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7644 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7645 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7647 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7649 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7650 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7651 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7652 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7654 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7656 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7657 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7658 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7659 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7661 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7663 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7665 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7666 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7667 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7668 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7669 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7671 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7672 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7673 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7674 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7675 instrumented for Edebug.
7677 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7678 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7679 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7680 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7681 already is one.)
7683 \(fn)" t nil)
7685 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7686 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7688 \(fn)" t nil)
7690 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7691 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7693 \(fn)" t nil)
7695 ;;;***
7697 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7698 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7699 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7700 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7701 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7702 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7703 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7704 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7705 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7706 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20309 60936))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7709 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7712 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7717 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7721 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7723 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7724 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7725 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7726 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7728 \(fn)" t nil)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7732 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7733 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7735 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7738 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7740 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7742 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7744 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7747 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7749 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7753 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7754 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7756 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7758 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7762 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7763 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7765 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7767 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7771 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7772 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7774 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7776 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7778 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7780 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7781 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7783 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7785 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7787 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7788 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7789 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7790 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7791 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7792 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7794 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7798 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7799 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7801 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7803 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7807 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7808 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7810 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7812 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7814 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7817 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7818 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7819 follows:
7820 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7821 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7823 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7826 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7827 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7828 follows:
7829 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7830 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7832 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7835 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7836 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7837 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7838 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7840 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7843 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7844 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7845 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7846 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7847 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7849 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7851 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7853 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7854 Merge two files without ancestor.
7856 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7858 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7859 Merge two files with ancestor.
7861 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7863 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7866 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7868 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7871 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7873 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7876 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7877 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7878 buffer.
7880 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7882 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7883 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7884 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7885 buffer.
7887 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7890 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7891 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7892 and don't ask the user.
7893 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7894 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7896 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7899 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7900 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7901 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7902 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7903 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7904 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7905 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7907 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7909 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7911 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7913 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7914 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7915 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7916 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7917 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7919 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7921 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7923 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7924 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7925 When called interactively, displays the version.
7927 \(fn)" t nil)
7929 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7930 Display Ediff's manual.
7931 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7933 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7935 ;;;***
7937 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7938 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
7939 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7941 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7944 \(fn)" t nil)
7946 ;;;***
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7949 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
7950 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7952 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7953 Display Ediff's registry.
7955 \(fn)" t nil)
7957 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7959 ;;;***
7961 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7962 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20309 60936))
7963 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7965 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7966 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7967 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7968 which see.
7970 \(fn)" t nil)
7972 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7973 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7974 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7975 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7977 \(fn)" t nil)
7979 ;;;***
7981 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7982 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7983 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7986 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7987 Edit a keyboard macro.
7988 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7989 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7990 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7991 its command name.
7992 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7994 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7996 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7997 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7999 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8002 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8004 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8006 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8007 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8008 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8009 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8010 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8011 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8013 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8014 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8015 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8016 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8018 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8020 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8021 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8022 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8023 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8024 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8025 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8027 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8029 ;;;***
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8032 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20309 60936))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8035 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8036 Set scroll margins.
8037 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8038 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8040 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8042 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8043 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8045 \(fn)" t nil)
8047 ;;;***
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8050 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8053 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8054 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8055 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8056 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8057 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8058 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8059 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8061 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8062 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8064 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8065 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8066 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8067 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8069 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8070 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8071 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8073 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8074 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8075 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8077 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8079 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8082 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8084 ;;;***
8086 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8087 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20309 60936))
8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8090 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8091 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8093 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8095 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8096 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8099 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8101 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8102 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8103 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8104 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8105 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8106 expression point is on.
8108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8110 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8111 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8113 \(fn)" t nil)
8115 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8116 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8117 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8118 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8119 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8120 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8121 arg list.
8123 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8124 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8125 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8126 effect.
8128 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8129 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8131 ;;;***
8133 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8134 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20309 60936))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8137 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8138 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8140 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8141 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8142 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8145 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8147 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8149 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8150 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8152 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8153 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8155 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8156 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8157 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8161 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8162 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8163 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8166 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8168 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8170 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8171 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8176 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8177 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8178 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8180 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8184 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8185 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8186 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8189 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8191 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8193 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8194 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8198 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8202 ;;;***
8204 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20309
8205 ;;;;;; 60936))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8208 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8209 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8211 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8212 an elided material again.
8214 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8218 ;;;***
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8221 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8222 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8225 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8226 Lint the file FILE.
8228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8230 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8231 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8232 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8234 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8236 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8237 Lint the current buffer.
8238 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8240 \(fn)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8243 Lint the function at point.
8244 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8246 \(fn)" t nil)
8248 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8249 Initialize elint.
8250 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8251 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8253 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8255 ;;;***
8257 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8258 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20309
8259 ;;;;;; 60936))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8262 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8263 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8264 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8266 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8268 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8269 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8270 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8271 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8273 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8275 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8276 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8277 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8279 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8281 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8284 Display current profiling results.
8285 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8286 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8287 displayed.
8289 \(fn)" t nil)
8291 ;;;***
8293 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8294 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
8295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8297 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8298 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8299 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8300 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8301 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8302 ARG is omitted or nil.
8304 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8305 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8306 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8307 used instead.
8309 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8311 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8312 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8313 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8315 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8322 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20309 60936))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8325 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8326 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8327 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8329 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8331 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8332 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8333 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8335 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8337 ;;;***
8339 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8340 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8341 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8342 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8343 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20309 60936))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8346 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8347 Run Emerge on two files.
8349 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8352 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8354 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8357 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8359 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8362 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8369 \(fn)" nil nil)
8371 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8374 \(fn)" nil nil)
8376 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8379 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8381 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8384 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8387 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8389 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8391 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8392 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8394 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8399 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8401 ;;;***
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8404 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20309 60936))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8407 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8408 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8409 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8410 text/enriched format.
8412 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8413 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8414 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8416 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8418 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8419 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8421 Commands:
8423 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8430 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8435 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8437 ;;;***
8439 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8440 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8441 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8442 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8443 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8444 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20309
8445 ;;;;;; 60936))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8448 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8449 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8451 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8453 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8454 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8456 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8459 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8460 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8461 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8462 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8463 the keys are listed.
8464 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8466 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8468 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8469 Decrypt FILE.
8471 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8474 Verify FILE.
8476 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8479 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8481 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8484 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8486 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8489 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8491 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8492 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8493 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8494 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8496 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8497 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8498 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8499 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8500 should consider using the string based counterpart
8501 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8502 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8504 For example:
8506 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8507 (decode-coding-string
8508 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8509 'utf-8))
8511 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8514 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8516 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8517 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8521 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8522 Verify the current region between START and END.
8524 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8525 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8526 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8527 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8528 should consider using the string based counterpart
8529 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8530 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8532 For example:
8534 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8535 (decode-coding-string
8536 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8537 'utf-8))
8539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8541 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8542 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8543 between START and END.
8545 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8546 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8550 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8551 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8553 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8554 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8555 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8556 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8557 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8558 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8560 For example:
8562 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8563 (epg-sign-string
8564 context
8565 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8567 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8570 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8572 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8573 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8574 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8575 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8576 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8577 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8579 For example:
8581 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8582 (epg-encrypt-string
8583 context
8584 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8585 nil))
8587 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8590 Delete selected KEYS.
8592 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8595 Import keys from FILE.
8597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8600 Import keys from the region.
8602 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8605 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8606 between START and END.
8608 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8611 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8613 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8616 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8618 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8620 ;;;***
8622 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8623 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20309 60936))
8624 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8626 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8627 Decrypt marked files.
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8631 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8632 Verify marked files.
8634 \(fn)" t nil)
8636 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8637 Sign marked files.
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8641 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8642 Encrypt marked files.
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8646 ;;;***
8648 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8649 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20309 60936))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8652 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8655 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8657 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8660 \(fn)" t nil)
8662 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8665 \(fn)" t nil)
8667 ;;;***
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8670 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8671 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20315 8755))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8674 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8675 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8677 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8678 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8682 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8683 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8684 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8686 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8688 \(fn)" t nil)
8690 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8691 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8692 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8694 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8696 \(fn)" t nil)
8698 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8699 Sign the current buffer.
8700 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8702 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8704 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8707 Encrypt the current buffer.
8708 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8710 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8712 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8714 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8715 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8716 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8718 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8720 \(fn)" t nil)
8722 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8723 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8724 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8727 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8729 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8731 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8732 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8734 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8735 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8739 ;;;***
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20309 60936))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8744 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8745 Return a context object.
8747 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8749 ;;;***
8751 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8752 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20309 60936))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8755 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8756 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8758 \(fn)" nil nil)
8760 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8761 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8763 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8765 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8766 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8768 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8770 ;;;***
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8773 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20309 60936))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8776 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8777 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8779 \(fn)" nil nil)
8781 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8782 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8783 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8785 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8787 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8788 (server (erc-compute-server))
8789 (port (erc-compute-port))
8790 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8791 password
8792 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8794 That is, if called with
8796 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8798 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8799 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8800 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8802 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8804 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8806 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8807 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8808 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8810 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8812 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8813 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8814 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8815 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8817 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8819 ;;;***
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20309
8822 ;;;;;; 60936))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8826 ;;;***
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20309 60936))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8830 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8832 ;;;***
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20309 60936))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8836 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8838 ;;;***
8840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20309 60936))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8847 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20309 60936))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8849 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8851 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8852 Parser for /dcc command.
8853 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8854 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8855 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8857 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8860 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8862 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8865 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8867 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8868 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8869 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8870 that subcommand.
8872 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8874 ;;;***
8876 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8877 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8878 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8879 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8880 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8886 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8890 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8891 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8893 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8895 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8900 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8901 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8903 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8906 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8908 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8913 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8933 \(fn)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940 ;;;***
8942 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20309
8943 ;;;;;; 60936))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8947 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8948 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8949 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8951 \(fn)" nil nil)
8953 ;;;***
8955 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8956 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20309 60936))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8958 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8960 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8961 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8962 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8963 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8964 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8965 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8966 system.
8968 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8973 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8975 ;;;***
8977 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8978 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8984 \(fn)" nil nil)
8986 ;;;***
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20309 60936))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8990 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8992 ;;;***
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20309 60936))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9001 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20309 60936))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9005 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9006 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9007 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9008 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9009 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9010 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9014 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9015 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9016 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9017 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9019 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9020 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9021 automatically.
9023 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9024 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9031 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9032 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9033 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9038 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9048 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9058 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9063 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9068 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 ;;;***
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20309 60936))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9083 ;;;***
9085 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9086 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9090 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9091 Show who's gone.
9093 \(fn)" nil nil)
9095 ;;;***
9097 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9098 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20309 60936))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9102 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9103 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9104 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9106 \(fn)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9109 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9111 \(fn)" t nil)
9113 ;;;***
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9116 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20309 60936))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9120 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9121 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9122 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9123 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9125 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9127 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9130 \(fn)" nil nil)
9132 ;;;***
9134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20309 60936))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9138 ;;;***
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20309
9141 ;;;;;; 60936))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9143 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9145 ;;;***
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20309 60936))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9151 ;;;***
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20309 60936))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9155 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9157 ;;;***
9159 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9160 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20309 60936))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9164 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9165 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9167 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9169 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9170 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9171 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9173 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9175 ;;;***
9177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20309 60936))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9179 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9181 ;;;***
9183 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9184 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9188 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9189 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9191 \(fn)" t nil)
9193 ;;;***
9195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20309
9196 ;;;;;; 60936))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9198 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20309 60936))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9206 ;;;***
9208 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9209 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9210 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9212 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9213 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9214 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9216 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9218 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9219 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9221 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9222 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9224 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9225 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9226 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9227 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9230 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9232 ;;;***
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9235 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20309 60936))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9239 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9240 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9241 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9242 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9244 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9246 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9247 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9248 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9250 \(fn)" t nil)
9252 ;;;***
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9255 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9257 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9259 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9260 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9262 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9264 ;;;***
9266 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9267 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9268 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20309 60936))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9271 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9272 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9274 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9275 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9277 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9278 assertions in BODY.
9280 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9282 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9283 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9284 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9286 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9288 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9290 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9292 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9294 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9296 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9297 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9299 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9300 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9301 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9302 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9304 Returns the stats object.
9306 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9309 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9311 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9312 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9313 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9314 the tests).
9316 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9318 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9319 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9321 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9322 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9323 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9324 and how to display message.
9326 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9328 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9330 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9331 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9333 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9335 ;;;***
9337 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9338 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9341 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9343 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9344 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9346 \(fn)" t nil)
9348 ;;;***
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20309
9351 ;;;;;; 60936))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9354 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9355 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9357 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9359 \(fn)" nil nil)
9361 ;;;***
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9364 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20309 60936))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9367 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9368 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9369 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9370 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9371 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9372 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9373 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9374 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9375 buffer selected (or created).
9377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9379 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9380 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9381 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9383 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9385 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9386 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9387 The result might be any Lisp object.
9388 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9389 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9390 corresponding to a successful execution.
9392 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9394 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9396 ;;;***
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9399 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9400 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9401 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9402 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9403 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9404 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9405 ;;;;;; (20332 33075))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9408 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9409 *File name of tags table.
9410 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9411 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9412 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9413 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9414 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9416 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9417 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9418 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9419 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9421 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9423 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9424 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9425 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9426 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9427 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9428 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9430 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9432 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9433 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9434 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9435 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9436 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9437 `auto-compression-mode').")
9439 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9441 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9442 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9443 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9444 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9445 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9447 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9449 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9450 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9451 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9452 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9454 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9456 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9457 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9458 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9459 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9460 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9462 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9464 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9465 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9469 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9470 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9471 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9472 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9474 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9475 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9476 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9477 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9478 file the tag was in.
9480 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9482 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9483 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9484 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9485 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9486 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9487 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9488 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9489 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9490 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9492 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9494 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9495 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9496 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9497 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9498 without directory names.
9500 \(fn)" nil nil)
9501 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9502 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9503 (progn
9504 (load "etags")
9505 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9510 but does not select the buffer.
9511 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9517 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9549 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9551 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9552 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9553 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9554 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9555 around or before point.
9557 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9558 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9559 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9560 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9561 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9563 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9565 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9566 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9567 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9569 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9571 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9572 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9574 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9575 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9576 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9577 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9578 around or before point.
9580 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9581 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9582 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9583 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9584 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9586 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9588 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9589 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9590 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9592 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9594 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9595 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9597 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9598 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9599 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9601 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9602 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9603 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9604 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9605 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9607 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9609 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9610 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9611 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9613 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9615 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9616 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9617 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9619 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9620 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9622 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9623 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9624 where they were found.
9626 \(fn)" t nil)
9628 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9629 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9631 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9632 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9633 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9635 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9636 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9638 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9639 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9641 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9643 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9644 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9645 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9646 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9648 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9649 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9650 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9651 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9652 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9654 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9655 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9657 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9658 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9659 Stops when a match is found.
9660 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9662 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9663 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9664 restricted to these files.
9666 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9668 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9670 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9671 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9672 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9673 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9674 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9675 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9676 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9677 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9679 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9680 produce the list of files to search.
9682 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9684 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9686 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9687 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9688 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9689 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9690 directory specification.
9692 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9694 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9695 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9697 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9699 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9700 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9701 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9702 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9704 \(fn)" t nil)
9706 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9707 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9708 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9709 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9710 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9712 \(fn)" t nil)
9714 ;;;***
9716 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9717 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9718 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9719 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9720 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9721 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9722 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9723 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9726 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9729 \(fn)" nil nil)
9731 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9732 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9734 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9735 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9737 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9738 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9739 primary language.
9741 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9742 even if the buffer is read-only.
9744 See also the descriptions of the variables
9745 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9747 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9750 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9752 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9753 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9755 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9756 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9757 primary language.
9759 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9760 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9762 See also the descriptions of the variables
9763 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9765 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9768 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9769 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9770 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9772 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9774 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9775 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9776 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9777 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9779 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9780 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9781 primary language.
9783 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9784 buffer is read-only.
9786 See also the descriptions of the variables
9787 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9788 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9790 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9793 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9795 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9796 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9798 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9799 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9800 the primary language.
9802 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9803 buffer is read-only.
9805 See also the descriptions of the variables
9806 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9807 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9809 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9813 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9815 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9817 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9818 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9820 \(fn)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9823 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9825 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9826 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9827 be 1, 2, or 3.
9829 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9830 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9831 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9833 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9835 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9837 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9838 This function is deprecated.
9840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9842 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9843 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9845 \(fn)" t nil)
9847 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9848 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9850 \(fn)" t nil)
9852 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9853 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9855 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9856 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9858 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9859 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9861 \(fn)" nil nil)
9863 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9864 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9866 \(fn)" nil nil)
9868 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9869 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9871 \(fn)" nil nil)
9873 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9874 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9876 \(fn)" nil nil)
9878 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9879 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9880 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9887 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9889 ;;;***
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9892 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9893 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9896 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9897 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9898 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9899 server for future sessions.
9901 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9904 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9905 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9907 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9910 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9911 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9913 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9916 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9917 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9918 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9919 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9920 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9921 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9922 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9923 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9924 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9925 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9926 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9928 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9930 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9931 Display a form to query the directory server.
9932 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9933 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9935 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9937 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9938 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9939 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9941 \(fn)" t nil)
9943 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9945 ;;;***
9947 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9948 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9949 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20309 60936))
9950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9952 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9953 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9955 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9957 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9958 Display URL and make it clickable.
9960 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9962 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9963 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9965 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9967 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9968 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9970 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9973 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9975 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9977 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9978 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9980 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9982 ;;;***
9984 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9985 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20309 60936))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9988 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9989 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9990 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9992 \(fn)" t nil)
9994 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9995 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9997 \(fn)" t nil)
9999 ;;;***
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10002 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10005 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10006 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10008 \(fn)" t nil)
10010 ;;;***
10012 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20309
10013 ;;;;;; 60936))
10014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10016 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10017 Create an empty ewoc.
10019 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10021 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10022 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10023 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10024 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10025 `insert-before-markers'.
10027 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10028 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10029 respectively, of the ewoc.
10031 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10032 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10033 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10035 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10037 ;;;***
10039 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10040 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10041 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10042 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10045 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10046 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10047 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10049 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10051 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10052 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10053 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10054 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10055 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10057 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10059 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10060 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10061 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10062 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10063 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10064 executable.
10066 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10068 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10069 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10070 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10072 \(fn)" t nil)
10074 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10075 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10076 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10077 file modes.
10079 \(fn)" nil nil)
10081 ;;;***
10083 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10084 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10085 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
10086 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10088 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10089 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10090 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10091 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10093 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10095 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10096 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10097 to generate such functions.
10099 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10100 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10101 beginning of the expanded text.
10103 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10104 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10105 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10106 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10108 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10110 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10112 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10113 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10114 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10116 \(fn)" nil nil)
10118 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10119 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10120 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10122 \(fn)" t nil)
10124 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10125 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10126 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10128 \(fn)" t nil)
10129 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10130 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10132 ;;;***
10134 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20309 60936))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10137 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10138 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10139 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10141 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10142 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10143 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10145 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10147 Key definitions:
10148 \\{f90-mode-map}
10150 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10152 `f90-do-indent'
10153 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10154 `f90-if-indent'
10155 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10156 `f90-type-indent'
10157 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10158 `f90-program-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10160 (default 2).
10161 `f90-associate-indent'
10162 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10163 `f90-critical-indent'
10164 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10165 `f90-continuation-indent'
10166 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10167 `f90-comment-region'
10168 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10169 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10170 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10171 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10172 (default \"!\").
10173 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10174 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10175 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10176 `f90-break-delimiters'
10177 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10178 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10179 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10180 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10181 (default t).
10182 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10183 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10184 `f90-smart-end'
10185 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10186 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10187 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10188 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10189 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10190 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10191 `f90-leave-line-no'
10192 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10194 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10195 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10197 \(fn)" t nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10202 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10203 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10204 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20329
10205 ;;;;;; 30063))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10208 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10209 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10210 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10211 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10213 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should be either a list of face
10214 names, or a property list of face attribute/value pairs. The
10215 remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10216 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative', as well
10217 as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest priority). This
10218 function tries to sort multiple remappings for the same face, so
10219 that remappings specifying relative face attributes are applied
10220 after remappings specifying absolute face attributes.
10222 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10223 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10225 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10227 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10228 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10229 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10230 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10232 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10234 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10235 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10236 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10237 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS. SPECS
10238 should be either a list of face names, or a property list of face
10239 attribute/value pairs.
10241 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10242 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10243 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10244 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10246 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10248 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10249 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10250 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10252 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10253 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10254 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10255 the same amount).
10257 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10259 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10260 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10261 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10263 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10264 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10265 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10266 will remove any scaling currently active.
10268 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10270 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10271 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10272 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10274 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10275 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10276 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10277 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10278 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10280 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10281 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10283 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10284 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10286 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10287 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10288 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10290 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10291 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10292 is one of the above.
10294 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10295 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10296 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10297 will remove any scaling currently active.
10299 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10300 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10301 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10302 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10303 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10305 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10307 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10308 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10310 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10311 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10312 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10317 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10318 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10319 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10320 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10322 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10323 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10325 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10327 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10328 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10329 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10330 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10332 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10333 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10334 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10335 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10337 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10338 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10340 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10342 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10343 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10344 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10345 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10349 ;;;***
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10352 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10353 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20309 60936))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10356 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10357 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10358 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10359 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10361 \(fn)" nil nil)
10363 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10364 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10368 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10369 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10370 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10371 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10376 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10377 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10378 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10379 backup file names and the like).
10381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10383 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10384 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10385 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10386 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10387 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10388 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10389 internally by feedmail):
10391 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10392 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10393 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10394 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10396 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10397 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10398 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10399 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10400 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10402 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10404 ;;;***
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10407 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20309 60936))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10410 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10411 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10412 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10413 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10414 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10415 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10416 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10418 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10420 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10421 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10422 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10423 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10424 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10425 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10426 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10428 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10430 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10432 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10433 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10434 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10435 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10436 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10437 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10439 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10442 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10443 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10444 Return value:
10445 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10446 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10447 * otherwise, nil
10449 \(fn E)" t nil)
10451 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10452 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10453 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10455 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10457 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10458 Try to get a file name at point.
10459 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10461 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10462 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10464 \(fn)" t nil)
10466 ;;;***
10468 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10469 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10470 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10471 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20309 60936))
10472 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10474 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10475 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10476 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10477 be added to the cache.
10479 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10481 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10482 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10483 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10484 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10485 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10487 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10489 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10490 Add FILE to the file cache.
10492 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10494 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10495 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10496 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10498 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10500 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10501 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10502 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10504 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10506 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10507 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10508 This function does not use any external programs.
10509 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10510 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10511 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10513 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10515 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10516 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10517 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10518 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10519 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10520 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10521 \(directories) is done.
10523 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10525 ;;;***
10527 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10528 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10529 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10530 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10531 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20309 60936))
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10534 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10535 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10537 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10538 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10539 Local Variables list.
10541 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10542 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10543 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10545 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10547 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10548 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10550 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10552 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10553 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10555 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10556 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10557 the -*- line.
10559 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10560 then this function adds it.
10562 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10564 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10565 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10567 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10569 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10570 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10572 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10575 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10577 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10579 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10580 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10582 \(fn)" t nil)
10584 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10585 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10587 \(fn)" t nil)
10589 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10590 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10592 \(fn)" t nil)
10594 ;;;***
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20309
10597 ;;;;;; 60936))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10600 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10601 Filesets initialization.
10602 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10604 \(fn)" nil nil)
10606 ;;;***
10608 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20309 60936))
10609 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10611 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10612 Initiate the building of a find command.
10613 For example:
10615 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10616 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10617 (mtime \"+1\"))
10618 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10620 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10621 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10623 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10625 ;;;***
10627 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10628 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20309 60936))
10629 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10631 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10632 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10633 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10635 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10637 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10638 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10640 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10643 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10644 and run dired on those files.
10645 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10646 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10648 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10650 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10652 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10653 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10654 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10656 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10657 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10659 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10660 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10662 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10664 ;;;***
10666 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10667 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10668 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10671 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10672 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10673 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10674 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10675 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10676 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10677 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10679 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10680 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10681 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10683 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10685 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10687 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10689 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10690 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10691 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10693 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10694 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10696 Variables of interest include:
10698 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10699 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10700 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10702 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10703 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10704 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10706 - `ff-ignore-include'
10707 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10709 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10710 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10712 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10713 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10715 - `ff-special-constructs'
10716 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10717 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10718 extracting the filename from that construct.
10720 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10721 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10723 - `ff-search-directories'
10724 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10725 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10727 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10728 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10730 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10731 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10733 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10734 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10736 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10737 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10739 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10740 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10742 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10744 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10745 Visit the file you click on.
10747 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10750 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10752 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10754 ;;;***
10756 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10757 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10758 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10759 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10760 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10761 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20309 60936))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10765 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10766 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10767 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10769 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10771 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10772 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10773 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10774 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10776 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10777 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10778 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10779 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10781 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10783 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10784 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10786 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10787 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10788 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10789 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10791 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10792 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10793 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10795 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10796 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10797 in `load-path'.
10799 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10801 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10802 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10804 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10805 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10806 places point before the definition.
10807 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10809 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10810 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10811 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10813 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10815 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10816 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10818 See `find-function' for more details.
10820 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10822 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10823 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10825 See `find-function' for more details.
10827 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10829 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10830 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10832 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10833 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10834 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10836 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10837 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10839 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10841 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10842 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10844 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10845 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10846 places point before the definition.
10848 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10850 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10851 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10852 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10854 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10856 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10857 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10859 See `find-variable' for more details.
10861 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10863 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10864 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10866 See `find-variable' for more details.
10868 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10870 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10871 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10872 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10873 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10874 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10875 buffer nor display it.
10877 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10878 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10880 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10883 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10885 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10886 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10887 places point before the definition.
10889 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10891 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10892 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10893 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10895 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10897 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10898 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10899 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10901 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10903 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10904 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10906 \(fn)" t nil)
10908 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10909 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10911 \(fn)" t nil)
10913 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10914 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10916 \(fn)" nil nil)
10918 ;;;***
10920 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10921 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20309 60936))
10922 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10924 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10925 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10927 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10929 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10930 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10932 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10934 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10935 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10937 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10939 ;;;***
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10942 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20309 60936))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10945 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10946 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10948 \(fn)" t nil)
10950 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10951 Display FILE's commentary section.
10952 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10954 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10956 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10957 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10959 \(fn)" t nil)
10961 ;;;***
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10964 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20309 60936))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10967 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10968 Toggle flow control handling.
10969 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10970 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10972 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10974 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10975 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10976 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10977 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10978 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10979 to get the effect of a C-q.
10981 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10983 ;;;***
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10986 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10989 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10992 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10994 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10997 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10999 ;;;***
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11002 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20309 60936))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11005 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11006 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11008 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11009 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11014 Turn flymake mode on.
11016 \(fn)" nil nil)
11018 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11019 Turn flymake mode off.
11021 \(fn)" nil nil)
11023 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11026 \(fn)" nil nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11031 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11032 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20309 60936))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11035 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11036 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11038 \(fn)" t nil)
11039 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11041 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11042 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11047 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11048 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11049 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11051 Bindings:
11052 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11053 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11054 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11055 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11057 Hooks:
11058 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11060 Remark:
11061 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11062 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11063 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11065 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11066 consider adding:
11067 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11068 in your .emacs file.
11070 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11071 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11075 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11076 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11078 \(fn)" nil nil)
11080 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11081 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11085 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11086 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11088 \(fn)" nil nil)
11090 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11091 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11093 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11096 Flyspell whole buffer.
11098 \(fn)" t nil)
11100 ;;;***
11102 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11103 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11104 ;;;;;; (20329 33834))
11105 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11107 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11108 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11110 \(fn)" nil nil)
11112 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11113 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11115 \(fn)" nil nil)
11117 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11118 Toggle Follow mode.
11119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11120 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11121 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11123 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11124 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11126 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11127 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11128 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11130 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11131 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11132 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11133 movement commands.
11135 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11136 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11137 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11138 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11139 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11140 mileage may vary).
11142 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11143 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11145 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11147 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11148 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11149 \(This is the default.)
11151 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11153 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11154 \\{follow-mode-map}
11156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11158 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11159 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11161 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11162 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11163 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11164 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11165 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11166 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11168 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11169 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11170 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11172 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11173 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11174 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11178 ;;;***
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20309
11181 ;;;;;; 60936))
11182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11184 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11185 Toggle Footnote mode.
11186 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11187 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11188 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11190 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11191 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11192 play around with the following keys:
11193 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11197 ;;;***
11199 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11200 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20341 24416))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11203 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11204 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11206 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11207 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11208 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11209 C-c < forms-first-record <
11210 C-c > forms-last-record >
11211 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11212 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11213 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11214 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11215 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11216 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11217 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11218 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11219 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11220 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11222 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11224 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11225 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11227 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11229 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11230 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11232 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11234 ;;;***
11236 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11237 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11240 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11241 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11242 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11244 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11245 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11247 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11249 Key definitions:
11250 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11252 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11254 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11255 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11256 `fortran-do-indent'
11257 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11258 `fortran-if-indent'
11259 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11260 `fortran-structure-indent'
11261 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11262 (default 3)
11263 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11264 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11265 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11266 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11267 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11268 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11269 nil don't change the indentation
11270 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11271 value of either
11272 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11273 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11274 depending on the continuation format in use.
11275 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11276 indentation for a line of code.
11277 (default 'fixed)
11278 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11279 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11280 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11281 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11282 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11283 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11284 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11285 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11286 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11287 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11288 column 5.
11289 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11290 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11291 statements (default nil).
11292 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11293 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11294 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11295 `fortran-continuation-string'
11296 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11297 line (default \"$\").
11298 `fortran-comment-region'
11299 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11300 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11301 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11302 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11303 as typed (default t).
11304 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11305 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11307 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11308 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11310 \(fn)" t nil)
11312 ;;;***
11314 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11315 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20309 60936))
11316 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11318 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11319 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11321 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11322 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11324 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11326 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11327 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11329 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11330 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11332 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11334 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11335 Compile fortune file.
11337 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11338 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11343 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11345 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11346 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11347 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11348 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11350 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11352 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11353 Display a fortune cookie.
11354 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11355 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11356 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11357 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11359 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11361 ;;;***
11363 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11364 ;;;;;; (20320 14810))
11365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11367 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11368 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11370 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11372 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11373 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11374 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11375 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11377 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11378 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11379 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11380 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11381 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11383 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11384 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11385 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11386 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11388 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11389 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11390 shown in some of the buffers.
11392 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11394 The following commands help control operation :
11396 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11397 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11399 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11400 detailed description of this mode.
11403 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11404 | GDB Toolbar |
11405 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11406 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11407 | | |
11408 | | |
11409 | | |
11410 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11411 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11412 | | (comint-mode) |
11413 | | |
11414 | | |
11415 | | |
11416 | | |
11417 | | |
11418 | | |
11419 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11420 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11421 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11422 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11423 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11424 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11426 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11428 ;;;***
11430 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11431 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20309
11432 ;;;;;; 60936))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11435 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11436 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11437 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11438 instead (which see).")
11440 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11441 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11443 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11444 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11445 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11446 documentation string instead.
11448 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11449 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11450 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11451 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11452 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11453 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11454 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11455 enders are actually possible.
11457 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11458 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11460 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11461 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11462 `font-lock-keywords'.
11464 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11465 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11466 runs the macro expansion.
11468 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11469 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11470 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11472 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11474 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11476 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11478 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11479 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11481 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11483 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11484 Enter generic mode MODE.
11486 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11487 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11488 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11490 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11491 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11493 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11496 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11497 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11498 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11499 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11500 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11501 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11502 `font-lock-keywords'.
11504 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11506 ;;;***
11508 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11509 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11512 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11513 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11516 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11517 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11521 ;;;***
11523 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11524 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11525 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11528 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11529 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11530 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11532 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11534 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11535 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11537 Guideline for numbers:
11538 1 - error messages
11539 3 - non-serious error messages
11540 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11541 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11542 9 - messages inside loops.
11544 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11546 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11547 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11548 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11550 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11552 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11553 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11555 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11558 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11560 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11561 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11562 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11563 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11564 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11565 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11567 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11568 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11569 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11570 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11571 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11573 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11575 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11577 ;;;***
11579 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11580 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20309 60936))
11581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11582 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11583 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11585 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11586 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11590 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11591 Read network news.
11592 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11593 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11594 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11595 name of an NNTP server to use.
11596 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11597 server.
11599 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11601 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11602 Read news as a slave.
11604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11606 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11607 Pop up a frame to read news.
11608 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11609 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11610 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11611 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11612 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11613 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11614 current display is used.
11616 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11618 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11619 Read network news.
11620 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11621 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11622 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11624 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11626 ;;;***
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11629 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11630 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11631 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11632 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11633 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20309 60936))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11636 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11637 Start Gnus unplugged.
11639 \(fn)" t nil)
11641 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11642 Start Gnus plugged.
11644 \(fn)" t nil)
11646 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11647 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11651 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11652 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11654 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11655 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11656 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11658 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11659 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11660 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11662 \(fn)" t nil)
11664 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11665 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11667 \(fn)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11670 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11671 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11672 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11673 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11674 supported.
11676 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11678 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11679 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11680 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11681 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11682 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11683 supported.
11685 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11687 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11690 \(fn)" nil nil)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11694 downloaded into the agent.
11696 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11698 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11699 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11700 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11701 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11703 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11708 \(fn)" t nil)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11713 \(fn)" t nil)
11715 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11716 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11717 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11719 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11721 ;;;***
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11724 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11727 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11728 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11730 \(fn)" nil nil)
11732 ;;;***
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11735 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20309 60936))
11736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11738 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11739 Set a bookmark for this article.
11741 \(fn)" t nil)
11743 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11744 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11746 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11748 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11749 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11750 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11751 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11752 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11754 \(fn)" t nil)
11756 ;;;***
11758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11759 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11760 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20309
11761 ;;;;;; 60936))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11764 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11765 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11767 Usage:
11768 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11772 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11773 Generate the cache active file.
11775 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11777 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11778 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11780 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11783 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11784 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11785 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11786 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11787 supported.
11789 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11791 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11792 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11793 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11794 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11795 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11796 supported.
11798 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11800 ;;;***
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11803 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20309 60936))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11806 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11807 Delay this article by some time.
11808 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11810 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11811 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11813 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11814 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11816 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11817 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11819 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11821 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11822 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11824 \(fn)" t nil)
11826 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11827 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11828 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11829 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11831 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11832 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11834 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11839 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20309 60936))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11842 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11845 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11850 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11852 ;;;***
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11855 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11858 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11859 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11863 ;;;***
11865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11866 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11869 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11870 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11874 ;;;***
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11877 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20309
11879 ;;;;;; 60936))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11882 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11883 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11885 \(fn)" t nil)
11887 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11888 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11890 \(fn)" t nil)
11892 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11893 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11895 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11896 different input formats.
11898 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11900 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11901 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11903 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11904 different input formats.
11906 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11908 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11909 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11910 The PNG is returned as a string.
11912 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11914 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11915 Convert FILE to a Face.
11916 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11917 726 bytes.
11919 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11921 ;;;***
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11924 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20309 60936))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11927 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11928 Display gravatar in the From header.
11929 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11931 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11934 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11935 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11937 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11942 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20309 60936))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11945 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11946 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11947 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11948 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11950 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11952 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11953 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11955 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11957 ;;;***
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11960 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20309 60936))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11963 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11966 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11971 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11973 ;;;***
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11976 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11979 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11981 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11982 Run batched scoring.
11983 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11987 ;;;***
11989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11990 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11991 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11994 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11997 \(fn)" nil nil)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12000 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12001 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12003 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12006 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12008 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12012 ;;;***
12014 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12015 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12016 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12019 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12020 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12021 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12022 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12023 group parameters.
12025 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12026 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12027 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12028 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12030 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12031 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12032 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12033 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12034 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12035 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12036 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12037 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12038 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12039 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12041 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12043 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12044 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12045 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12046 nil CATCH-ALL).
12048 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12049 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12051 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12053 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12054 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12055 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12057 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12059 \(fn)" nil nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12062 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12063 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12065 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12067 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12068 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12069 existing groups are considered.
12071 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12072 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12073 returned.
12075 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12076 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12077 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12078 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12079 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12080 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12081 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12082 clauses will be generated.
12084 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12085 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12086 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12087 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12088 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12089 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12091 For example, given the following group parameters:
12093 nnml:mail.bar:
12094 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12095 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12096 nnml:mail.foo:
12097 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12098 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12099 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12100 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12101 nnml:mail.others:
12102 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12104 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12106 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12107 \"mail.bar\")
12108 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12109 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12110 \"mail.others\")
12112 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12117 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20321 38938))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12120 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12121 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12122 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12123 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12124 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12125 instead.
12127 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12129 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12130 Mail to ADDRESS.
12132 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12135 Like `message-reply'.
12137 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12139 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12141 ;;;***
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12144 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12145 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12148 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12149 Display picons in the From header.
12150 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12152 \(fn)" t nil)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12155 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12156 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12160 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12161 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12162 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12166 ;;;***
12168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12169 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12170 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12171 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12172 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20309 60936))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12176 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12177 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12178 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12180 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12183 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12184 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12185 LIST1 is modified.
12187 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12189 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12190 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12191 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12193 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12198 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12200 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12201 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12202 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12204 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12206 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12207 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12208 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12210 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12212 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12214 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12215 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12216 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12218 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12220 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12221 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12222 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12224 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12226 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12227 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12228 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12230 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12232 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12233 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12235 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12237 ;;;***
12239 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12240 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20309 60936))
12241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12243 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12244 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12246 \(fn)" t nil)
12248 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12249 Install the registry hooks.
12251 \(fn)" t nil)
12253 ;;;***
12255 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12256 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20309
12257 ;;;;;; 60936))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12260 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12261 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12262 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12263 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12264 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12265 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12267 \(fn)" t nil)
12269 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12270 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12271 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12272 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12273 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12275 \(fn)" t nil)
12277 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12280 \(fn)" t nil)
12282 ;;;***
12284 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12285 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12288 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12289 Update the format specification near point.
12291 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12293 ;;;***
12295 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12296 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12299 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12300 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12302 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12304 ;;;***
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12307 ;;;;;; (20321 38938))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12310 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12311 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12312 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12314 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12316 ;;;***
12318 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12319 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20309 60936))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12323 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12325 \(fn)" t nil)
12327 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12328 Install the sync hooks.
12330 \(fn)" t nil)
12332 ;;;***
12334 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12335 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12338 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12339 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12341 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12343 ;;;***
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12346 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12349 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil "\
12350 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12352 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12353 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12354 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12356 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12358 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12360 ;;;***
12362 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20309 60936))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12365 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12366 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12368 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12369 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12370 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12372 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12373 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12374 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12376 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12377 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12379 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12380 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12382 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12384 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12386 ;;;***
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12389 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20309
12390 ;;;;;; 60936))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12393 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12395 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12396 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12397 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12398 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12399 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12401 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12403 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12404 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12405 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12406 or to send e-mail.
12407 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12408 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12410 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12411 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12414 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12416 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12417 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12419 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12420 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12424 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12425 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12429 ;;;***
12431 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12432 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20309 60936))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12435 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12436 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12437 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12439 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12442 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12444 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12446 ;;;***
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12449 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12450 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20309 60936))
12451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12453 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12454 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12456 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12458 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12459 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12460 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12461 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12462 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12464 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12465 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12466 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12468 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12470 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12471 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12472 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12473 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12474 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12476 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12478 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12479 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12481 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12483 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12484 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12486 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12487 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12488 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12490 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12491 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12492 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12494 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12495 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12496 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12500 How to invoke find and grep.
12501 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12502 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12503 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12504 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12506 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12508 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12509 History list for grep.")
12511 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12512 History list for grep-find.")
12514 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12515 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12516 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12518 \(fn)" nil nil)
12520 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12523 \(fn)" nil nil)
12525 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12526 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12528 \(fn)" nil nil)
12530 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12531 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12532 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12533 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12534 found matches.
12536 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12537 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12539 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12540 can easily repeat a grep command.
12542 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12543 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12544 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12545 list is empty).
12547 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12549 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12550 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12551 Collect output in a buffer.
12552 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12553 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12555 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12556 easily repeat a find command.
12558 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12560 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12562 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12563 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12564 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12565 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12566 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12568 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12569 before it is executed.
12570 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12572 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12573 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12574 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12576 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12578 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12580 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12581 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12582 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12583 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12584 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12587 before it is executed.
12588 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12590 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12591 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12592 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12594 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12596 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12597 to specify a command to run.
12599 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12601 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12602 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12603 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12604 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12606 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12608 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12610 ;;;***
12612 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20309 60936))
12613 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12615 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12616 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12617 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12618 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12619 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12621 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12623 ;;;***
12625 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12626 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20309 60936))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12629 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12630 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12631 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12632 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12634 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12636 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12637 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12638 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12639 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12641 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12643 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12644 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12645 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12646 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12648 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12650 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12651 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12652 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12653 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12655 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12656 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12658 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12660 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12661 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12662 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12663 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12665 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12667 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12668 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12669 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12670 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12672 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12674 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12675 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12676 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12677 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12678 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12680 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12681 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12682 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12683 original source file access method.
12685 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12686 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12688 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12690 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12691 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12693 \(fn)" t nil)
12695 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12696 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12697 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12700 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12702 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12704 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12705 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12708 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12712 ;;;***
12714 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20309
12715 ;;;;;; 60936))
12716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12718 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12719 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12720 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12721 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12723 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12724 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12725 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12726 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12728 \(fn)" t nil)
12730 ;;;***
12732 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12733 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
12734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12736 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12737 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12739 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12741 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12742 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12743 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12744 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12746 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12748 \(fn)" t nil)
12750 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12751 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12752 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12753 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12754 to be updated.
12756 \(fn)" t nil)
12758 ;;;***
12760 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12761 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12762 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20309 60936))
12763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12765 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12766 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12771 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12772 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12774 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12776 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12777 Verify a hashcash payment
12779 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12781 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12782 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12783 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12784 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12785 `mail-add-payment-async').
12787 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12789 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12790 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12791 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12792 Calculation is asynchronous.
12794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12796 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12797 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12798 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12802 ;;;***
12804 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12805 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12806 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12807 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20309 60936))
12808 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12810 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12811 Return the help-echo string at point.
12812 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12813 property, or nil, is returned.
12814 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12815 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12816 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12818 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12820 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12821 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12822 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12823 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12824 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12826 \(fn)" nil nil)
12828 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12829 Display local help in the echo area.
12830 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12831 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12832 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12833 printed instead.
12835 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12836 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12837 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12841 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12842 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12843 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12845 \(fn)" t nil)
12847 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12848 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12849 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12851 \(fn)" t nil)
12853 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12854 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12855 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12856 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12857 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12858 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12859 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12860 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12861 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12862 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12863 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12865 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12866 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12867 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12868 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12869 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12871 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12872 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12873 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12874 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12875 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12876 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12877 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12878 The default is `never'.")
12880 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12882 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12883 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12884 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12885 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12886 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12887 considered different regions.
12889 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12890 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12891 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12892 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12893 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12894 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12895 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12896 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12897 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12899 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12901 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12902 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12903 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12904 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12905 different regions.
12907 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12908 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12909 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12910 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12911 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12912 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12913 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12914 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12916 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12917 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12918 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12919 rarely happens in practice.
12921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12923 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12924 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12925 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12926 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12927 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12928 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12932 ;;;***
12934 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12935 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12936 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12937 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20309 60936))
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12940 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12941 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12943 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12945 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12946 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12947 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12949 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12951 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12952 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12953 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12954 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12955 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12956 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12957 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12958 search for a function definition.
12960 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12961 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12962 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12963 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12964 suitable file is found, return nil.
12966 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12968 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12971 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12973 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12974 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12975 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12976 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12978 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12980 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12981 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12982 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12983 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12984 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12985 it is displayed along with the global value.
12987 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12989 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12990 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12991 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12992 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12994 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12996 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12997 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12998 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12999 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13000 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13002 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13004 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13005 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13009 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13010 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13012 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13014 ;;;***
13016 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13017 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13020 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13021 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13022 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13023 window listing and describing the options.
13024 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13025 gives the window that lists the options.")
13027 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13029 ;;;***
13031 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13032 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13033 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20309
13034 ;;;;;; 60936))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13037 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13038 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13039 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13040 Commands:
13041 \\{help-mode-map}
13043 \(fn)" t nil)
13045 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13048 \(fn)" nil nil)
13050 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13053 \(fn)" nil nil)
13055 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13056 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13058 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13059 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13060 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13061 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13063 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13064 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13065 restore it properly when going back.
13067 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13069 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13070 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13071 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13072 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13073 from `help-mode'.
13074 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13075 it does not already exist.
13077 \(fn)" nil nil)
13079 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13080 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13082 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13083 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13084 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13085 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13086 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13087 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13088 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13089 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13091 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13092 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13093 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13094 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13096 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13097 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13098 that.
13100 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13102 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13103 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13104 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13105 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13106 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13107 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13109 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13111 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13112 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13113 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13114 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13115 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13117 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13119 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13120 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13122 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13124 ;;;***
13126 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13127 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20309 60936))
13128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13130 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13131 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13133 \(fn)" t nil)
13135 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13136 Provide help for current mode.
13138 \(fn)" t nil)
13140 ;;;***
13142 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13143 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20309 60936))
13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13146 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13147 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13148 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13149 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13150 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13152 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13153 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13155 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13156 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13157 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13158 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13160 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13161 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13162 periods.
13164 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13165 in hexl format.
13167 A sample format:
13169 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13170 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13171 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13172 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13173 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13174 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13175 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13176 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13177 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13178 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13179 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13180 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13181 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13182 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13183 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13185 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13186 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13187 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13189 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13190 also supported.
13192 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13194 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13195 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13196 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13198 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13199 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13200 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13202 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13203 into the buffer at the current point.
13205 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13206 into the buffer at the current point.
13208 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13209 into the buffer at the current point.
13211 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13213 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13214 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13216 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13218 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13222 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13223 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13224 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13225 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13227 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13229 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13230 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13231 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13233 \(fn)" t nil)
13235 ;;;***
13237 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13238 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13239 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13240 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
13241 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13243 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13244 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13246 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13247 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13249 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13250 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13251 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13252 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13253 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13254 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13256 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13257 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13259 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13260 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13261 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13262 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13264 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13265 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13267 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13268 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13270 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13271 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13272 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13273 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13274 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13275 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13276 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13277 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13278 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13279 function returns t.
13281 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13282 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13284 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13285 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13286 form:
13287 Hi-lock: FOO
13288 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13289 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13290 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13291 Patterns will be read until
13292 Hi-lock: end
13293 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13297 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13298 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13299 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13302 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13304 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13306 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13307 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13308 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13309 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13310 ARG is omitted or nil.
13312 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13313 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13314 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13318 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13320 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13321 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13323 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13324 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13325 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13326 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13327 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13329 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13331 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13333 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13334 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13336 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13337 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13338 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13339 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13340 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13342 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13344 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13346 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13347 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13349 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13350 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13352 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13354 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13356 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13357 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13359 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13360 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13361 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13362 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13363 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13367 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13368 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13370 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13371 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13372 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13374 \(fn)" t nil)
13376 ;;;***
13378 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13379 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
13380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13382 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13383 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13388 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13389 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13390 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13391 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13393 `hide-ifdef-env'
13394 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13395 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13396 is used.
13398 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13399 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13400 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13401 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13402 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13404 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13405 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13406 #endif lines when hiding.
13408 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13409 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13410 is activated.
13412 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13413 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13414 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13416 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13420 ;;;***
13422 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13423 ;;;;;; (20330 2324))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13426 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13427 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13428 Each element has the form
13429 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13431 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13432 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13434 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13435 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13437 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13438 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13439 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13440 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13441 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13442 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13444 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13445 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13447 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13448 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13450 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13451 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13452 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13454 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13455 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13457 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13458 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13460 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13461 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13462 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13464 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13465 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13466 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13468 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13469 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13471 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13473 Key bindings:
13474 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13478 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13479 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13481 \(fn)" nil nil)
13483 ;;;***
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13486 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13487 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13488 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13489 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20309
13490 ;;;;;; 60936))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13493 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13494 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13496 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13497 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13499 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13500 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13501 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13502 this on and off.
13504 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13505 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13506 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13507 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13508 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13509 through various faces.
13510 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13511 buffer with the contents of a file
13512 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13516 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13517 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13519 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13520 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13522 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13523 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13524 in a distinctive face.
13526 The default value can be customized with variable
13527 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13529 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13533 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13534 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13535 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13537 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13539 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13540 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13542 \(fn)" t nil)
13544 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13545 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13547 \(fn)" t nil)
13549 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13550 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13552 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13553 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13554 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13555 shown in the last face in the list.
13557 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13558 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13559 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13561 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13563 \(fn)" t nil)
13565 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13566 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13568 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13570 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13571 to save the file.
13573 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13574 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13576 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13577 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13578 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13580 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13582 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13583 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13585 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13586 this function is called interactively.
13588 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13589 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13590 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13592 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13593 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13594 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13596 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13598 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13599 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13600 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13603 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13605 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13607 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13608 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13609 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13610 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13611 ARG is omitted or nil.
13613 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13614 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13615 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13619 ;;;***
13621 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13622 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13623 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13624 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13625 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20309 60936))
13626 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13628 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13629 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13630 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13631 or insert functions in this list.")
13633 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13635 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13636 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13638 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13640 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13641 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13643 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13645 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13646 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13648 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13650 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13651 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13653 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13655 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13656 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13657 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13659 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13661 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13662 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13663 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13664 \(as atoms)")
13666 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13668 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13669 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13670 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13671 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13672 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13674 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13676 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13677 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13678 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13679 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13680 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13681 expansions.
13682 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13683 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13684 undoes the expansion.
13686 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13688 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13689 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13690 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13691 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13693 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13695 ;;;***
13697 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13698 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13701 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13702 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13704 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13705 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13707 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13708 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13709 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13710 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13711 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13712 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13714 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13715 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13716 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13717 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13721 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13722 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13723 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13725 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13726 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13728 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13730 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13731 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13736 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13737 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13738 windows.
13740 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13741 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13745 ;;;***
13747 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13748 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13749 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13750 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13751 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20309 60936))
13752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13754 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13756 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13757 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13758 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13760 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13762 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13764 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13766 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13767 Oriental holidays.
13768 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13770 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13772 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13774 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13776 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13777 Local holidays.
13778 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13780 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13782 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13784 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13786 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13787 User defined holidays.
13788 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13790 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13792 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13794 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13795 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13797 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13799 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13800 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13802 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13804 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13805 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13807 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13809 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13810 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13812 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13814 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13816 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13817 Jewish holidays.
13818 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13820 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13822 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13824 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13826 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13827 Christian holidays.
13828 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13830 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13832 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13834 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13836 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13837 Islamic holidays.
13838 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13840 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13842 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13844 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13846 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13847 Bahá'í holidays.
13848 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13850 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13852 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13854 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13856 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13857 Sun-related holidays.
13858 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13860 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13862 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13864 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13866 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13867 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13868 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13869 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13873 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13874 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13875 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13876 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13877 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13879 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13880 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13882 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13883 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13885 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13886 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13887 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13888 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13889 of a holiday list.
13891 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13893 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13895 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13897 ;;;***
13899 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20309
13900 ;;;;;; 60936))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13903 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13904 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13906 \(fn)" t nil)
13908 ;;;***
13910 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13911 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20324 39235))
13912 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13914 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13915 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13916 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13917 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13918 as possible.
13920 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13921 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13922 fontified display.
13924 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13925 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13927 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13928 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13929 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13931 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13933 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13934 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13935 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13937 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13939 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13941 ;;;***
13943 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13944 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20309
13945 ;;;;;; 60936))
13946 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13948 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13949 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13951 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13952 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13953 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13955 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13956 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13957 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13958 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13959 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13960 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13962 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13963 title of the column.
13965 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13966 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13967 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13968 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13969 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13971 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13973 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13975 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13976 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13977 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13978 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13979 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13981 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13982 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13983 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13985 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13987 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13989 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13990 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13991 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13992 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13993 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13994 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13996 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13997 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13998 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13999 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14000 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14001 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14002 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14003 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14004 values are:
14005 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14006 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14007 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14008 buffer's modification flag.
14009 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14010 prompted before performing this operation.
14011 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14012 operation is complete, in the form:
14013 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14014 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14015 confirmation message, in the form:
14016 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14017 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14018 macro for exactly what it does.
14020 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14022 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14024 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14025 Define a filter named NAME.
14026 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14027 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14028 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14030 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14031 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14032 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14033 bound to the current value of the filter.
14035 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14037 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14039 ;;;***
14041 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14042 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20317 25086))
14043 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14046 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14047 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14048 buffers which are visiting a file.
14050 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14053 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14054 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14055 buffers which are visiting a file.
14057 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14059 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14060 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14061 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14063 All arguments are optional.
14064 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14065 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14066 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14067 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14068 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14069 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14070 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14071 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14072 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14073 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14074 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14075 that value locally in this buffer.
14077 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14079 ;;;***
14081 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14082 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14083 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20320 14810))
14084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14086 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14087 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14088 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14089 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14091 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14093 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14094 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14095 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14096 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14097 ICAL-FILENAME.
14098 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14099 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14100 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14102 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14104 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14105 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14106 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14107 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14108 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14109 non-marking or not.
14111 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14113 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14114 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14116 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14117 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14118 DIARY-FILE.
14120 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14121 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14122 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14124 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14125 non-marking.
14127 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14128 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14129 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14131 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14133 ;;;***
14135 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20309
14136 ;;;;;; 60936))
14137 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14139 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14140 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14141 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14144 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14146 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14148 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14149 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14150 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14151 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14152 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14156 ;;;***
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20309 60936))
14159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14161 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14162 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14163 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14164 Tab indents for Icon code.
14165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14167 \\{icon-mode-map}
14168 Variables controlling indentation style:
14169 icon-tab-always-indent
14170 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14171 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14172 icon-auto-newline
14173 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14174 inserted in Icon code.
14175 icon-indent-level
14176 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14177 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14178 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14179 icon-continued-statement-offset
14180 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14181 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14182 icon-continued-brace-offset
14183 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14184 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14185 icon-brace-offset
14186 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14187 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14188 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14189 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14191 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14192 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14194 \(fn)" t nil)
14196 ;;;***
14198 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14199 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14202 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14203 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14204 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14205 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14207 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14208 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14209 separate frames.
14211 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14212 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14214 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14215 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14216 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14218 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14220 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14222 ;;;***
14224 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14225 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
14226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14228 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14229 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14231 The main features of this mode are
14233 1. Indentation and Formatting
14234 --------------------------
14235 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14236 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14238 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14239 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14240 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14241 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14243 Comments are indented as follows:
14245 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14246 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14247 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14249 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14251 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14252 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14253 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14254 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14255 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14256 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14258 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14259 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14260 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14261 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14263 2. Routine Info
14264 ------------
14265 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14266 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14267 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14268 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14269 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14270 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14271 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14272 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14273 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14274 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14276 3. Online IDL Help
14277 ---------------
14279 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14280 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14281 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14282 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14284 4. Completion
14285 ----------
14286 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14287 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14288 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14289 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14290 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14291 upper case.
14293 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14294 --------------------------------
14295 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14296 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14298 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14299 \\fu FUNCTION template
14300 \\c CASE statement template
14301 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14302 \\f FOR loop template
14303 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14304 \\w WHILE loop template
14305 \\i IF statement template
14306 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14307 \\b BEGIN
14309 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14310 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14312 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14313 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14314 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14315 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14317 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14318 -------------------------
14319 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14320 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14322 7. Automatic END completion
14323 ------------------------
14324 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14325 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14327 8. Hooks
14328 -----
14329 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14330 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14332 9. Documentation and Customization
14333 -------------------------------
14334 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14335 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14336 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14337 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14338 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14340 10.Keybindings
14341 -----------
14342 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14343 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14344 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14346 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14348 \(fn)" t nil)
14350 ;;;***
14352 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14353 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14354 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14355 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14356 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14357 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14358 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14359 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20330
14360 ;;;;;; 976))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14363 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14364 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14365 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14366 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14367 displaying...)
14368 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14369 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14370 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14373 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14375 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14377 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14378 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14379 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14380 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14381 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14382 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14383 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14384 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14385 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14389 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14390 Switch to another buffer.
14391 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14392 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14393 in another frame.
14395 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14396 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14397 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14398 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14399 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14401 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14402 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14404 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14405 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14407 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14408 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14409 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14410 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14411 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14412 in a separate window.
14413 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14414 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14415 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14416 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14417 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14418 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14419 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14420 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14421 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14423 \(fn)" t nil)
14425 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14426 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14427 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14428 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14430 \(fn)" t nil)
14432 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14433 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14434 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14435 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14437 \(fn)" t nil)
14439 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14440 Kill a buffer.
14441 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14442 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14444 \(fn)" t nil)
14446 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14447 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14448 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14449 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14451 \(fn)" t nil)
14453 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14454 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14455 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14456 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14458 \(fn)" t nil)
14460 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14461 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14463 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14465 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14466 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14467 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14468 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14469 visible in another frame.
14471 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14472 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14473 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14474 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14475 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14476 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14478 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14479 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14481 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14482 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14484 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14485 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14486 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14487 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14488 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14489 in a separate window.
14490 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14491 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14492 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14493 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14494 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14495 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14496 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14497 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14498 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14499 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14500 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14501 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14502 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14503 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14505 \(fn)" t nil)
14507 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14508 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14509 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14510 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14512 \(fn)" t nil)
14514 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14515 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14516 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14517 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14519 \(fn)" t nil)
14521 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14522 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14523 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14524 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14526 \(fn)" t nil)
14528 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14529 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14530 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14531 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14533 \(fn)" t nil)
14535 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14536 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14537 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14538 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14540 \(fn)" t nil)
14542 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14543 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14544 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14545 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14547 \(fn)" t nil)
14549 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14550 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14551 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14552 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14554 \(fn)" t nil)
14556 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14557 Write current buffer to a file.
14558 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14559 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14561 \(fn)" t nil)
14563 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14564 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14565 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14566 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14568 \(fn)" t nil)
14570 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14571 Call `dired' the ido way.
14572 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14573 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14575 \(fn)" t nil)
14577 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14578 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14579 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14580 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14581 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14582 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14584 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14586 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14587 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14588 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14589 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14591 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14593 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14594 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14595 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14596 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14598 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14600 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14601 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14602 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14603 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14604 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14605 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14606 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14607 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14608 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14609 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14610 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14611 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14612 with point positioned at the end.
14613 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14614 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14616 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14618 ;;;***
14620 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20309 60936))
14621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14623 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14624 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14625 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14629 ;;;***
14631 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20309 60936))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14634 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14636 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14637 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14639 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14640 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14641 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14645 ;;;***
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14648 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14649 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14650 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14651 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14652 ;;;;;; (20341 55868))
14653 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14655 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14656 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14657 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14658 be determined.
14660 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14662 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14663 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14664 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14665 be determined.
14667 \(fn)" nil nil)
14669 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14670 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14671 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14672 be determined.
14674 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14676 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14677 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14678 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14679 be determined.
14681 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14683 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14684 Determine and return image type.
14685 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14686 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14687 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14688 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14689 use its file extension as image type.
14690 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14692 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14694 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14695 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14696 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14698 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14700 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14701 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14702 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14704 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14705 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14706 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14707 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14708 must be available.
14710 \(fn)" nil nil)
14712 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14713 Create an image.
14714 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14715 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14716 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14717 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14718 use its file extension as image type.
14719 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14720 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14721 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14722 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14724 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14726 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14727 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14728 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14730 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14732 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14733 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14734 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14735 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14736 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14737 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14738 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14739 POS may be an integer or marker.
14740 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14741 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14742 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14743 means display it in the right marginal area.
14745 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14747 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14748 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14749 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14750 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14751 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14752 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14753 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14754 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14755 means display it in the right marginal area.
14756 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14757 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14758 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14759 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14760 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14762 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14764 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14765 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14766 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14767 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14768 defaulted if you omit it.
14769 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14770 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14771 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14772 means display it in the right marginal area.
14773 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14775 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14777 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14778 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14779 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14780 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14782 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14784 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14785 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14787 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14789 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14790 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14791 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14792 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14793 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14794 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14795 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14796 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14797 satisfied.
14799 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14801 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14803 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14805 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14806 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14808 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14809 documentation string.
14811 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14812 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14813 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14814 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14815 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14816 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14817 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14818 define SYMBOL.
14820 Example:
14822 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14823 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14825 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14827 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14829 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14830 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14831 This registers the ImageMagick types listed in `imagemagick-types',
14832 excluding those listed in `imagemagick-types-inhibit'.
14834 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14835 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14836 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14837 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14839 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14841 \(fn)" nil nil)
14843 ;;;***
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14846 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14847 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14848 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14849 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14850 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14851 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14852 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20309 60936))
14853 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14855 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14856 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14857 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14858 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14859 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14860 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14864 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14865 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14867 Convenience command that:
14869 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14870 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14871 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14873 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14874 image files in dired and type
14875 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14877 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14879 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14880 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14882 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14884 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14885 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14886 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14887 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14888 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14889 another one).
14891 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14892 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14893 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14895 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14896 instead of erasing it first.
14898 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14899 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14900 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14901 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14902 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14903 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14905 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14907 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14908 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14909 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14910 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14911 displayed.
14913 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14915 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14917 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14919 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14920 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14922 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14924 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14925 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14926 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14930 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14931 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14933 \(fn)" t nil)
14935 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14936 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14937 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14938 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14940 \(fn)" t nil)
14942 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14943 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14945 \(fn)" t nil)
14947 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14948 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14950 \(fn)" t nil)
14952 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14953 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14955 \(fn)" t nil)
14957 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14958 Display current image file.
14959 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14960 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14964 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14965 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14967 \(fn)" t nil)
14969 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14970 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14971 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14972 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14973 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14974 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14975 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14977 \(fn)" t nil)
14979 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14980 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14981 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14982 easy-to-use form.
14984 \(fn)" t nil)
14986 ;;;***
14988 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14989 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14990 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20309 60936))
14991 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14993 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14994 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14995 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14996 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14998 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14999 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15000 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15001 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15003 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15005 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15006 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15007 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15008 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15010 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15011 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15012 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15013 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15015 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15017 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15018 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15020 \(fn)" nil nil)
15022 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15023 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15024 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15025 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15027 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15029 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15030 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15031 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15034 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15036 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15038 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15039 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15041 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15042 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15044 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15045 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15046 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15050 ;;;***
15052 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15053 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20309 60936))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15056 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15057 Major mode for image files.
15058 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15059 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15061 \(fn)" t nil)
15063 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15064 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15065 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15066 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15067 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15069 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15070 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15071 actual image.
15073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15075 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15076 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15077 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15078 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15079 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15080 to display an image file as the actual image.
15082 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15083 to display an image file as text initially.
15085 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15086 on these modes.
15088 \(fn)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15093 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15095 ;;;***
15097 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15098 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20321 38938))
15099 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15101 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15102 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15104 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15106 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15107 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15108 in the buffer.
15110 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15112 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15113 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15114 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15116 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15118 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15119 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15121 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15122 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15123 pattern's structure.
15125 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15126 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15127 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15128 during matching.")
15129 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15131 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15133 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15134 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15136 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15137 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15138 called within a `save-excursion'.
15140 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15142 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15144 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15145 Function for finding the next index position.
15147 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15148 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15149 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15150 file.
15152 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15153 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15155 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15157 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15158 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15160 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15161 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15162 It should return the name for that index item.")
15164 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15166 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15167 Function to compare string with index item.
15169 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15170 non-nil if they match.
15172 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15173 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15174 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15175 arguments match\".")
15177 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15179 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15180 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15181 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15183 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15184 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15186 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15188 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15190 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15191 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15192 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15193 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15195 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15197 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15198 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15200 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15202 \(fn)" t nil)
15204 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15205 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15206 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15207 for more information.
15209 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15211 ;;;***
15213 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15214 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15215 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20309 60936))
15216 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15218 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15219 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15221 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15223 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15226 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15228 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15231 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15233 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15236 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15238 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15239 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15243 ;;;***
15245 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15246 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15247 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20309 60936))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15250 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15251 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15252 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15253 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15254 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15256 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15258 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15259 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15261 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15263 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15264 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15265 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15266 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15267 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15268 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15269 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15270 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15272 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15274 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15275 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15276 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15277 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15278 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15280 This variable is only used if the variable
15281 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15283 More precise choices:
15284 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15285 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15286 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15288 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15290 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15292 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15293 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15295 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15296 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15297 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15298 to that buffer.
15299 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15300 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15301 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15302 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15304 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15306 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15308 ;;;***
15310 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15311 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15312 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15313 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15314 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20330 2046))
15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15317 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15318 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15320 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15321 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15323 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15324 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15325 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15326 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15327 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15328 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15329 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15330 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15331 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15332 with the top-level Info directory.
15334 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15335 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15336 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15337 appended to the Info buffer name.
15339 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15340 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15341 in all the directories in that path.
15343 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15345 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15347 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15348 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15350 \(fn)" t nil)
15352 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15353 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15354 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15355 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15357 \(fn)" nil nil)
15359 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15360 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15361 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15362 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15364 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15366 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15367 Go to the Info directory node.
15369 \(fn)" t nil)
15371 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15372 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15373 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15374 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15375 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15376 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15378 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15380 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15381 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15382 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15384 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15386 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15387 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15388 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15389 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15390 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15392 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15394 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15395 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15396 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15397 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15398 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15400 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15401 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15403 Selecting other nodes:
15404 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15405 Follow a node reference you click on.
15406 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15407 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15408 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15409 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15410 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15411 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15412 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15413 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15414 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15415 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15416 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15417 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15418 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15419 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15420 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15421 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15422 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15423 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15424 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15425 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15427 Moving within a node:
15428 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15429 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15430 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15431 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15432 move up to the parent node.
15433 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15434 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15435 if there is none.
15436 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15438 Advanced commands:
15439 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15440 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15441 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15442 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15443 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15444 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15445 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15446 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15447 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15448 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15449 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15450 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15451 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15452 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15453 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15454 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15456 \(fn)" t nil)
15457 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15459 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15460 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15461 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15462 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15463 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15464 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15466 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15467 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15469 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15470 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15471 KEY is a string.
15472 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15473 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15474 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15475 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15477 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15479 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15480 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15481 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15483 \(fn)" t nil)
15485 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15486 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15487 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15489 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15491 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15492 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15494 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15496 ;;;***
15498 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15499 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15500 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
15501 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15503 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15504 Throw away all cached data.
15505 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15506 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15507 system.
15509 \(fn)" t nil)
15510 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15512 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15513 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15514 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15515 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15516 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15517 one found at point.
15519 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15521 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15522 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15524 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15525 Display the documentation of a file.
15526 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15527 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15528 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15529 The default file name is the one found at point.
15531 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15533 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15535 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15536 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15538 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15540 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15541 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15543 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15545 ;;;***
15547 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15548 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15549 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
15550 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15552 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15553 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15554 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15555 current info file is the default.
15557 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15558 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15559 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15560 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15561 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15563 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15564 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15565 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15566 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15567 mistake in the reference.
15569 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15570 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15571 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15573 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15574 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15575 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15576 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15578 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15580 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15581 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15582 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15583 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15584 checked.
15586 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15587 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15588 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15589 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15590 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15591 should be harmless.
15593 \(fn)" t nil)
15595 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15596 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15597 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15598 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15600 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15601 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15602 and can take a long time.
15604 \(fn)" t nil)
15606 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15607 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15608 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15610 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15612 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15613 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15615 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15616 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15617 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15618 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15619 all builtins).
15621 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15622 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15623 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15624 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15625 the sources handy.
15627 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15629 ;;;***
15631 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15632 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20309 60936))
15633 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15635 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15636 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15638 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15640 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15641 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15643 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15645 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15646 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15647 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15648 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15650 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15651 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15652 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15654 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15655 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15656 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15657 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15661 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15662 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15663 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15665 \(fn)" t nil)
15667 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15668 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15669 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15670 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15671 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15673 \(fn)" nil nil)
15675 ;;;***
15677 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15678 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15679 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
15680 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15682 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15683 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15685 \(fn)" t nil)
15687 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15688 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15690 \(fn)" t nil)
15692 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15695 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15697 ;;;***
15699 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20309
15700 ;;;;;; 60936))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15703 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15704 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15705 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15706 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15707 accessed via isearchb.
15709 \(fn)" t nil)
15711 ;;;***
15713 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15714 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15715 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15716 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20309 60936))
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15719 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15720 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15721 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15722 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15723 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15725 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15727 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15728 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15729 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15730 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15731 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15733 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15735 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15736 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15737 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15738 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15739 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15741 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15743 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15744 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15745 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15746 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15747 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15749 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15751 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15752 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15753 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15754 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15755 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15757 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15759 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15760 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15761 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15762 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15763 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15765 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15767 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15768 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15769 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15770 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15771 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15773 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15775 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15776 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15777 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15778 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15780 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15782 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15783 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15784 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15785 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15787 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15789 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15790 Warn that format is read-only.
15792 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15794 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15795 Warn that format is write-only.
15797 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15799 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15800 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15804 ;;;***
15806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15807 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15809 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15810 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15811 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15813 ;;;***
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15816 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15817 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15818 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15819 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20341 56798))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15822 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15824 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15825 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15826 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15827 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15828 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15830 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15832 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15834 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15835 Key map for ispell menu.")
15837 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15838 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15839 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15840 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15842 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15844 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15846 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15848 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15850 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15851 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15852 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15853 Valid forms include:
15854 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15855 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15856 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15857 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15859 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15860 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15861 First list is used raw.
15862 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15864 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15865 for skipping in latex mode.")
15867 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15868 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15869 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15870 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15871 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15872 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15873 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15875 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15876 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15877 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15878 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15880 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15881 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15882 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15883 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15884 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15886 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15887 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15889 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15890 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15892 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15893 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15895 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15896 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15898 Return values:
15899 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15900 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15901 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15902 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15903 quit spell session exited.
15905 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15907 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15908 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15909 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15911 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15913 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15914 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15916 Selections are:
15918 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15919 SPC: Accept word this time.
15920 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15921 `a': Accept word for this session.
15922 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15923 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15924 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15925 `?': Show these commands.
15926 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15927 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15928 the aborted check to be completed later.
15929 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15930 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15931 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15932 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15933 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15934 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15935 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15937 \(fn)" nil nil)
15939 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15940 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15941 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15943 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15945 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15946 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15947 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15948 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15950 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15952 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15954 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15955 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15956 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
15957 amount for last line processed.
15959 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15961 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15962 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15964 \(fn)" t nil)
15966 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15967 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15971 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15972 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15974 \(fn)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15977 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15978 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15979 sequence inside of a word.
15981 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15983 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15985 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15986 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15988 \(fn)" t nil)
15990 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15991 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15992 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15993 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15995 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15996 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15997 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15998 available on the net.
16000 \(fn)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16003 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16008 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16009 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16010 spelled.
16012 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16013 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16014 SPC.
16016 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16017 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16021 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16022 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16023 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16024 Don't check included messages.
16026 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16027 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16028 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16030 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16031 in your .emacs file:
16032 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16033 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16034 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16035 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16037 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16038 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16039 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16041 \(fn)" t nil)
16043 ;;;***
16045 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20309
16046 ;;;;;; 60936))
16047 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16049 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16050 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16051 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16054 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16056 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16058 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16059 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16062 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16064 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16065 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16069 ;;;***
16071 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16072 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16073 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16074 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20309 60936))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16077 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16080 \(fn)" nil nil)
16082 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16083 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16084 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16085 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16086 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16087 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16088 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16089 necessary to represent OBJ.
16091 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16093 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16094 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16095 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16096 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16098 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16100 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16101 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16102 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16103 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16104 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16106 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16108 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16109 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16110 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16111 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16113 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16115 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16116 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16117 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16118 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16120 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16122 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16123 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16125 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16127 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16128 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16129 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16130 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16131 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16133 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16135 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16136 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16137 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16138 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16139 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16141 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16143 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16144 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16145 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16147 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16149 ;;;***
16151 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16152 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20309 60936))
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16155 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16156 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16157 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16158 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16160 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16163 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16165 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16166 Uninstall jka-compr.
16167 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16168 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16169 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16171 \(fn)" nil nil)
16173 ;;;***
16175 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20309 60936))
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16178 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16179 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16181 \(fn)" t nil)
16183 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16185 ;;;***
16187 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16188 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16189 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16192 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16193 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16194 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16195 decimal key must be specified.")
16197 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16199 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16200 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16201 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16202 decimal key must be specified.")
16204 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16206 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16207 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16208 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16209 decimal key must be specified.")
16211 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16213 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16214 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16215 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16216 decimal key must be specified.")
16218 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16220 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16221 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16222 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16223 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16224 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16225 keys are bound.
16227 Setup Binding
16228 -------------------------------------------------------------
16229 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16230 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16231 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16232 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16233 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16234 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16235 in the global and local keymaps.
16237 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16238 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16240 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16242 ;;;***
16244 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16245 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16248 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16249 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16250 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16252 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16253 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16254 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16255 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16256 shorter.
16258 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16259 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16260 the context of text formatting.
16262 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16264 ;;;***
16266 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20309
16267 ;;;;;; 60936))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16270 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16271 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16272 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16273 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16274 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16275 positions that contains the current selection.")
16277 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16278 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16279 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16280 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16281 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16282 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16283 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16285 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16287 ;;;***
16289 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16290 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16291 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16292 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20309 60936))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16294 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16295 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16296 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16297 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16298 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16299 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16300 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16302 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16303 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16305 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16307 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16308 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16309 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16310 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16311 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16313 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16315 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16316 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16317 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16319 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16320 defining the macro.
16322 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16323 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16324 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16326 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16327 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16329 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16331 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16332 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16333 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16334 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16335 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16336 under that name.
16338 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16339 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16340 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16342 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16344 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16345 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16346 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16348 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16349 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16350 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16351 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16353 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16354 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16356 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16358 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16359 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16360 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16362 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16363 macro.
16365 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16366 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16368 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16369 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16370 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16372 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16373 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16375 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16377 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16378 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16379 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16380 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16382 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16384 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16385 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16386 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16387 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16389 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16390 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16392 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16394 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16395 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16396 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16398 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16400 ;;;***
16402 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16403 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20309 60936))
16404 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16406 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16407 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16408 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16410 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16413 \(fn)" nil nil)
16415 ;;;***
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16418 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16421 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16423 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16424 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16426 \(fn)" t nil)
16428 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16429 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16430 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16431 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16433 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16434 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16435 none / 1 | yes | no
16436 2 | yes | yes
16437 3 | no | yes
16438 4 | no | no
16440 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16441 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16442 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16444 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16446 ;;;***
16448 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16449 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16450 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20309 60936))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16453 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16456 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16458 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16459 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16460 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16461 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16462 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16463 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16465 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16466 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16468 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16470 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16471 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16473 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16475 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16478 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16480 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16485 ;;;***
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16488 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16489 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20309 60936))
16490 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16492 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16493 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16494 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16495 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16497 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16499 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16500 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16501 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16503 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16505 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16506 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16507 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16509 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16511 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16512 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16513 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16514 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16516 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16518 ;;;***
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16521 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20309 60936))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16524 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16525 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16526 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16527 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16528 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16529 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16530 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16531 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16533 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16534 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16537 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16539 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16541 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16542 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16543 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16544 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16545 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16546 `latin1-display-setup'.
16548 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16550 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16551 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16552 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16553 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16556 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16558 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16560 ;;;***
16562 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16563 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16566 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16567 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16569 \(fn)" t nil)
16571 ;;;***
16573 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16574 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16575 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16577 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16578 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16580 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16581 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16583 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16584 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16586 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16587 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16588 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16589 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16590 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16591 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16592 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16593 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16594 and transmit saved text.
16596 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16597 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16598 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16600 \(fn)" t nil)
16602 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16605 \(fn)" nil nil)
16607 ;;;***
16609 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20309 60936))
16610 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16612 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16613 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16614 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16615 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16616 generations (this defaults to 1).
16618 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16620 ;;;***
16622 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16623 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20309 60936))
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16626 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16627 Format used to display line numbers.
16628 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16629 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16630 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16631 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16633 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16635 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16636 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16638 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16639 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16641 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16645 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16646 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16647 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16650 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16652 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16654 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16655 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16656 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16657 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16658 ARG is omitted or nil.
16660 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16661 `linum-on' would do it.
16662 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16666 ;;;***
16668 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20309
16669 ;;;;;; 60936))
16670 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16672 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16673 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16674 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16675 is nil, raise an error.
16677 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16678 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16679 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16680 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16681 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16682 defined by the library.
16684 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16685 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16686 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16687 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16688 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16689 proceeds.
16691 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16692 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16693 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16694 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16696 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16698 ;;;***
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16701 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20309 60936))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16704 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16705 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16706 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16708 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16710 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16711 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16712 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16713 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16715 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16716 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16717 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16718 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16719 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16720 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16721 the version.)
16723 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16724 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16726 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16727 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16729 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16730 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16732 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16734 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16735 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16736 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16737 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16738 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16739 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16740 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16741 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16742 to constrain a big search.
16744 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16746 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16747 except that FILTER is not optional.
16749 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16751 ;;;***
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20309 60936))
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16756 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16757 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16758 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16759 if MODE is nil.
16760 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16761 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16762 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16763 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16764 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16766 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16767 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16768 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16769 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16770 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16772 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16773 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16774 uses the current buffer.
16776 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16778 ;;;***
16780 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20309
16781 ;;;;;; 60936))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16784 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16785 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16787 \(fn)" t nil)
16789 ;;;***
16791 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20309
16792 ;;;;;; 60936))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16795 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16796 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16798 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16801 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16802 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16803 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16804 disk.
16806 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16807 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16808 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16810 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16811 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16815 ;;;***
16817 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16818 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20309
16819 ;;;;;; 60936))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16822 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16823 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16825 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16826 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16828 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16829 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16830 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16832 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16833 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16835 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16836 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16837 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16838 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16839 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16840 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16841 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16843 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16845 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16846 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16847 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16848 switch on this list.
16849 See `lpr-command'.")
16851 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16853 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16854 Name of program for printing a file.
16856 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16857 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16858 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16859 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16860 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16861 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16862 argument.")
16864 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16866 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16867 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16868 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16869 for customization of the printer command.
16871 \(fn)" t nil)
16873 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16874 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16876 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16877 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16878 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16879 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16881 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16882 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16884 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16885 for further customization of the printer command.
16887 \(fn)" t nil)
16889 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16890 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16891 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16892 for customization of the printer command.
16894 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16896 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16897 Paginate and print the region contents.
16899 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16900 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16901 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16902 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16904 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16905 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16907 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16908 for further customization of the printer command.
16910 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16912 ;;;***
16914 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16915 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16916 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16918 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16919 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16920 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16922 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16924 ;;;***
16926 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20309
16927 ;;;;;; 60936))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16930 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16931 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16932 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16933 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16937 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16939 ;;;***
16941 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20309
16942 ;;;;;; 60936))
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16945 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16946 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16948 \(fn)" t nil)
16950 ;;;***
16952 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16953 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16956 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16957 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16958 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16959 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16960 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16962 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16964 ;;;***
16966 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16967 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20309 60936))
16968 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16970 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16971 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16972 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16973 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16974 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16976 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16978 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16979 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16980 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16981 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16983 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16984 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16985 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16986 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16987 bindings.
16989 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16990 use this command, and then save the file.
16992 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16994 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16995 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16996 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16997 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16998 each time the macro executes.
16999 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17000 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17001 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17002 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17003 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17004 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17005 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17007 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17009 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17010 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17011 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17012 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17014 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17015 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17016 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17017 execute.
17019 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17020 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17022 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17023 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17024 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17025 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17026 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17028 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17029 looked like this:
17031 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17032 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17033 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17035 You could enter the names in this format:
17041 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17043 \\C-x (
17044 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17045 \\C-x )
17047 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17048 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17050 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17051 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17053 ;;;***
17055 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17056 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20309 60936))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17059 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17060 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17061 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17062 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17063 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17064 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17066 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17067 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17068 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17069 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17070 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17072 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17073 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17074 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17075 consing a string.)
17077 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17079 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17080 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17082 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17084 ;;;***
17086 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17087 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17088 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17091 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17092 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17094 \(fn)" nil nil)
17096 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17099 \(fn)" nil nil)
17101 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17102 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17104 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17106 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17107 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17108 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17109 message.
17111 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17113 \(fn)" nil nil)
17115 ;;;***
17117 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17118 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17119 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17120 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20315 8755))
17121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17123 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17124 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17125 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17126 often correct parser.")
17128 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17130 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17131 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17132 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17133 a value which excludes your own email address.
17135 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17136 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17138 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17140 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17141 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17143 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17145 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17146 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17147 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17148 we return it unconverted.
17150 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17151 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17153 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17155 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17156 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17157 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17158 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17160 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17162 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17163 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17164 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17165 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17167 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17169 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17170 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17171 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17172 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17173 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17174 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17175 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17176 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17177 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17178 as Rmail does.
17180 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17182 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17183 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17184 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17185 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17186 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17187 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17188 matches may be returned from the message body.
17190 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17192 ;;;***
17194 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17195 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20309
17196 ;;;;;; 60936))
17197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17199 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17200 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17201 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17204 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17206 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17208 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17209 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17214 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17215 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17216 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17217 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17221 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17222 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17224 \(fn)" nil nil)
17226 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17227 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17228 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17230 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17232 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17233 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17234 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17236 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17237 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17238 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17239 double-quotes.
17241 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17243 ;;;***
17245 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17246 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17247 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20309 60936))
17248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17250 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17251 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17252 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17253 king@grassland.com
17254 If `parens', they look like:
17255 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17256 If `angles', they look like:
17257 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17259 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17261 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17262 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17263 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17264 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17265 their `Resent-' variants.
17267 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17268 removed from alias expansions.
17270 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17272 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17273 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17274 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17276 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17277 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17278 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17279 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17281 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17283 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17284 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17285 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17287 \(fn)" nil nil)
17289 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17290 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17291 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17292 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17296 ;;;***
17298 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17299 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
17300 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17302 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17303 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17304 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17305 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17307 \(fn)" nil nil)
17309 ;;;***
17311 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17312 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17313 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20309 60936))
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17316 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17317 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17319 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17320 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17321 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17322 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17323 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17324 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17326 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17327 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17328 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17329 dependency, despite the colon.
17331 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17333 In the browser, use the following keys:
17335 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17337 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17339 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17340 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17342 `makefile-target-colon':
17343 The string that gets appended to all target names
17344 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17345 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17347 `makefile-macro-assign':
17348 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17349 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17350 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17351 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17352 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17353 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17355 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17356 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17357 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17359 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17360 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17362 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17363 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17364 up or down in the browser.
17366 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17367 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17369 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17370 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17372 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17373 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17374 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17375 has been selected in the browser.
17377 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17378 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17379 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17380 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17381 filenames are omitted.
17383 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17384 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17385 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17386 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17387 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17388 the backslash itself intact.
17389 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17390 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17392 `makefile-browser-hook':
17393 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17394 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17396 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17397 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17398 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17399 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17401 \(fn)" t nil)
17403 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17404 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17406 \(fn)" t nil)
17408 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17409 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17411 \(fn)" t nil)
17413 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17414 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17416 \(fn)" t nil)
17418 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17419 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17421 \(fn)" t nil)
17423 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17424 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17426 \(fn)" t nil)
17428 ;;;***
17430 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20309
17431 ;;;;;; 60936))
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17434 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17435 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17436 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17438 \(fn)" t nil)
17440 ;;;***
17442 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17443 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
17444 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17446 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17448 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17449 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17450 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17451 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17452 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17453 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17454 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17455 page, it will display immediately.
17457 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17458 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17459 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17461 cat(1)
17462 1 cat
17464 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17465 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17466 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17467 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17469 -a chmod
17471 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17472 otherwise look like a page name.
17474 /my/file/name.1.gz
17475 -l somefile.1
17477 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17478 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17479 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17481 -k pattern
17483 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17485 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17486 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17488 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17490 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17491 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17493 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17495 ;;;***
17497 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20309 60936))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17500 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17501 Toggle Master mode.
17502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17503 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17504 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17506 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17507 using the following commands:
17509 \\{master-mode-map}
17511 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17512 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17513 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17517 ;;;***
17519 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17520 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17523 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17524 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17525 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17528 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17530 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17532 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17533 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17535 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17536 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17538 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17539 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17540 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17541 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17545 ;;;***
17547 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17548 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17549 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17550 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17551 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17552 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17553 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20309 60936))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17556 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17558 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17559 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17560 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17561 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17562 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17563 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17564 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17565 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17566 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17567 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17568 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17569 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17570 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17571 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17572 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17573 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17574 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17575 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17576 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17577 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17578 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17579 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17580 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17581 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17582 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17583 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17584 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17585 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17586 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17587 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17588 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17589 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17590 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17591 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17592 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17593 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17594 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17595 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17597 \(fn)" t nil)
17599 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17600 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17601 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17602 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17603 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17605 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17607 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17608 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17610 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17612 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17613 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17615 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17617 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17618 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17620 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17622 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17623 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17624 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17626 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17628 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17629 Cancel an article you posted.
17630 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17634 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17635 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17636 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17637 header line with the old Message-ID.
17639 \(fn)" t nil)
17641 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17642 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17644 \(fn)" t nil)
17646 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17647 Forward the current message via mail.
17648 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17649 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17651 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17653 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17656 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17658 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17661 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17663 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17664 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17666 \(fn)" t nil)
17668 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17669 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17671 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17673 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17674 Re-mail the current message.
17675 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17676 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17677 you.
17679 \(fn)" t nil)
17681 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17682 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17684 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17686 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17687 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17689 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17691 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17692 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17694 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17696 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17697 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17699 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17701 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17702 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17703 Works by overstriking characters.
17704 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17705 which specify the range to operate on.
17707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17710 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17711 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17712 which specify the range to operate on.
17714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17716 ;;;***
17718 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17719 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
17720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17722 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17723 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17728 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17730 \(fn)" t nil)
17732 ;;;***
17734 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17735 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17736 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
17737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17739 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17740 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17741 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17745 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17746 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17747 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17748 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17749 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17750 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17751 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17753 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17755 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17756 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17757 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17758 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17759 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17760 means current).
17761 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17762 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17764 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17766 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17767 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17768 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17769 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17770 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17771 means current).
17772 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17773 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17775 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17777 ;;;***
17779 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17780 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17781 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20309 60936))
17782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17784 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17785 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17786 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17788 \(fn)" t nil)
17790 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17791 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17792 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17794 \(fn)" t nil)
17796 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17797 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17799 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17800 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17801 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17803 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17804 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17806 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17807 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17809 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17811 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17813 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17814 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17815 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17816 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17817 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17818 as `compose-mail'.
17820 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17821 initial Subject field, respectively.
17823 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17824 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17825 are strings.
17827 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17828 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17830 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17832 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17833 Save draft and send message.
17835 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17836 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17837 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17838 Mail Delivery*\".
17840 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17841 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17842 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17844 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17845 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17846 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17847 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17848 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17849 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17851 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17852 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17854 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17855 message and scan line.
17857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17859 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17860 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17862 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17863 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17864 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17865 delete the draft message.
17867 \(fn)" t nil)
17869 ;;;***
17871 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20309 60936))
17872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17874 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17876 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17878 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17880 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17881 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17883 \(fn)" t nil)
17885 ;;;***
17887 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17888 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20309 60936))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17891 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17892 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17893 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17895 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17896 the MH mail system.
17898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17900 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17901 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17902 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17904 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17905 the MH mail system.
17907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17909 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17910 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17912 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17913 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17914 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17915 separate command.
17917 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17918 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17919 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17920 format.
17922 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17924 Ranges
17925 ======
17926 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17927 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17928 can be used in several ways.
17930 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17931 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17932 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17933 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17934 page):
17936 <num1>-<num2>
17937 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17938 The range must be nonempty.
17940 <num>:N
17941 <num>:+N
17942 <num>:-N
17943 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17944 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17945 last.
17947 first:N
17948 prev:N
17949 next:N
17950 last:N
17951 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17954 All of the messages.
17956 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17957 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17959 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17960 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17961 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17963 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17965 \(fn)" t nil)
17967 ;;;***
17969 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17970 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20309 60936))
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17973 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17974 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17975 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17976 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17977 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17978 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17979 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17980 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17981 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17982 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17983 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17985 \(fn)" t nil)
17987 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17988 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17989 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17990 to its second argument TM.
17992 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17994 ;;;***
17996 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17997 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20309 60936))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18000 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18001 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18002 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18004 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18005 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18007 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18009 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18010 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18012 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18013 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18015 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18016 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18017 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18018 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18019 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18020 is modified to remove the default indication.
18022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18024 ;;;***
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18027 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18030 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18031 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18032 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18033 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18034 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18035 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18036 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18037 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18038 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18040 \(fn)" t nil)
18042 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18043 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18044 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18045 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18046 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18047 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18048 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18049 The return value is always nil.
18051 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18053 ;;;***
18055 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18056 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18057 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20309 60936))
18058 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18059 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18061 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18062 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18064 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18065 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18066 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18067 next occurrence.
18069 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18070 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18071 end of the search space).
18073 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18074 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18075 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18076 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18077 should return the previous buffer to search.
18079 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18080 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18081 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18083 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18084 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18085 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18086 Isearch starts.")
18088 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18089 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18090 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18092 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18093 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18094 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18096 \(fn)" nil nil)
18098 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18099 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18100 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18101 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18102 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18103 whose names match the specified regexp.
18105 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18107 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18108 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18109 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18110 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18111 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18112 whose names match the specified regexp.
18114 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18116 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18117 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18118 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18119 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18120 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18121 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18122 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18124 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18126 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18127 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18128 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18129 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18130 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18131 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18132 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18134 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18136 ;;;***
18138 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18139 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18142 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18143 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18145 \(fn)" t nil)
18147 ;;;***
18149 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18150 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18153 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18154 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18156 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18158 ;;;***
18160 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18161 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20309 60936))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18164 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18165 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18167 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18169 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18170 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18171 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18172 the entire message.
18173 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18175 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18177 ;;;***
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18180 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18183 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18184 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18185 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18186 the entire message.
18187 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18189 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18191 ;;;***
18193 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18194 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20309 60936))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18197 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18198 Insert file contents of URL.
18199 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18201 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18203 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18204 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18206 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18208 ;;;***
18210 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18211 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20314 47703))
18212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18214 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18215 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18216 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18217 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18218 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18220 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18222 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18223 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18224 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18226 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18228 ;;;***
18230 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18231 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18234 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18235 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18237 \(fn)" nil nil)
18239 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18240 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18241 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18242 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18244 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18245 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18246 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18247 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18248 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18249 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18251 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18253 ;;;***
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18256 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18259 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18262 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18264 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18267 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18269 ;;;***
18271 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18272 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18273 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20309 60936))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18276 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18279 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18281 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18284 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18286 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18289 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18291 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18294 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18296 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18299 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18301 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18304 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18306 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18309 \(fn)" nil nil)
18311 ;;;***
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20309
18314 ;;;;;; 60936))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18317 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18319 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18320 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18321 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18322 followed by the first character of the construct.
18323 \\<m2-mode-map>
18324 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18325 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18326 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18327 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18328 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18329 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18330 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18331 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18332 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18333 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18334 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18335 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18336 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18337 \\[m2-link] link
18339 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18340 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18341 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18343 \(fn)" t nil)
18345 ;;;***
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18348 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20309 60936))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18351 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18352 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18354 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18356 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18357 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18359 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18361 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18362 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18364 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18366 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18367 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18369 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18371 ;;;***
18373 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18374 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20309 60936))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18377 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18378 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18380 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18381 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18382 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18384 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18385 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18386 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18388 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18389 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18391 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18392 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18393 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18394 hemisphere you're in.)
18396 To test this function, evaluate:
18397 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18399 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18401 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18402 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18404 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18405 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18407 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18408 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18409 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18411 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18412 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18414 To test this function, evaluate:
18415 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18417 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18419 ;;;***
18421 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20309
18422 ;;;;;; 60936))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18425 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18426 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18427 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18428 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18429 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18430 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18432 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18434 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18435 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18440 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18441 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18443 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18444 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18445 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18446 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18447 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18449 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18450 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18451 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18452 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18453 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18455 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18456 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18458 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18459 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18463 ;;;***
18465 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20309 60936))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18468 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18469 Main entry point for MPC.
18471 \(fn)" t nil)
18473 ;;;***
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20309 60936))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18478 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18479 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18481 \(fn)" t nil)
18483 ;;;***
18485 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20309 60936))
18486 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18488 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18489 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18490 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18493 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18495 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18497 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18498 Toggle Msb mode.
18499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18500 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18501 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18503 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18504 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18508 ;;;***
18510 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18511 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18512 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18513 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18514 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18515 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18518 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18519 Display a list of all character sets.
18521 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18522 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18523 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18524 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18525 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18527 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18528 but still shows the full information.
18530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18532 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18533 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18534 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18536 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18537 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18538 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18539 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18540 meanings of these arguments.
18542 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18544 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18545 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18547 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18549 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18550 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18552 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18554 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18555 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18557 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18559 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18560 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18562 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18563 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18564 in place of `..':
18565 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18566 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18567 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18568 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18569 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18570 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18571 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18572 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18573 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18574 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18575 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18576 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18577 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18578 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18579 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18580 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18582 \(fn)" t nil)
18584 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18587 \(fn)" t nil)
18589 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display a list of all coding systems.
18591 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18593 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18594 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18599 Display a list of all coding categories.
18601 \(fn)" nil nil)
18603 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18604 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18605 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18607 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18609 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display information about FONTSET.
18611 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18613 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18615 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display a list of all fontsets.
18617 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18618 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18619 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18623 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display information about all input methods.
18626 \(fn)" t nil)
18628 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18631 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18632 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18633 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18634 system which uses fontsets).
18636 \(fn)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18639 Show log of font listing and opening.
18640 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18641 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18643 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18645 ;;;***
18647 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18648 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18649 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18650 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18651 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18652 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20309 60936))
18653 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18655 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18656 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18657 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18659 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18661 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18663 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18664 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18666 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18667 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18669 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18670 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18672 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18674 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18675 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18676 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18677 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18678 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18679 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18680 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18682 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18683 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18684 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18685 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18686 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18687 middle of a character in STR.
18689 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18690 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18692 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18693 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18694 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18695 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18696 defaults to \"...\".
18698 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18700 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18701 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18703 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18704 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18705 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18707 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18708 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18709 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18711 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18712 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18713 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18714 are considered.
18715 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18716 longer than KEYSEQ.
18717 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18719 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18721 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18722 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18723 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18724 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18725 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18726 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18727 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18728 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18729 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18730 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18731 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18733 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18735 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18736 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18738 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18740 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18741 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18743 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18745 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18746 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18748 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18750 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18751 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18753 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18755 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18756 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18757 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18758 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18759 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18761 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18762 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18764 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18765 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18766 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18767 coding systems ordered by priority.
18769 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18771 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18772 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18773 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18774 language environment LANG-ENV.
18776 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18778 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18779 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18780 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18781 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18782 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18783 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18785 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18787 ;;;***
18789 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18790 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18791 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18792 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20309
18793 ;;;;;; 60936))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18796 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18797 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18799 \(fn)" t nil)
18801 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18802 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18804 \(fn)" t nil)
18806 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18807 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18809 \(fn)" t nil)
18811 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18812 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18814 \(fn)" t nil)
18816 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18817 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18819 \(fn)" t nil)
18821 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18822 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18824 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18826 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18827 Ping HOST.
18828 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18829 `ping-program-options'.
18831 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18833 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18834 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18836 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18838 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18839 Run nslookup program.
18841 \(fn)" t nil)
18843 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18844 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18846 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18848 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18849 Run dig program.
18851 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18854 Run ftp program.
18856 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18859 Finger USER on HOST.
18861 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18864 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18865 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18866 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18868 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18870 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18873 \(fn)" t nil)
18875 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18876 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18878 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18880 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18881 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18883 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18885 ;;;***
18887 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20309
18888 ;;;;;; 60936))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18891 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18892 Return a user name/password pair.
18893 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18894 listed in the PORTS list.
18896 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18898 ;;;***
18900 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18901 ;;;;;; (20332 33075))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18904 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18905 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18906 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18907 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18908 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18909 closes it.
18911 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18912 make it unique.
18913 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18914 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18915 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18916 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18917 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18918 a port number to connect to.
18920 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18921 values:
18923 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18924 nil or `network'
18925 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18926 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18927 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18928 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18929 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18930 an unencrypted connection.
18931 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18932 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18933 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18934 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18935 returned object is a killed process.
18936 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18937 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18938 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18940 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18941 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18942 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18943 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18944 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18945 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18946 or nil if none could be found.
18947 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18948 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18950 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18952 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18953 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18954 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18956 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18957 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18958 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18960 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18961 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18962 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18964 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18965 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18966 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18967 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18969 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18970 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18972 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18973 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18974 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18975 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18976 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18977 or STARTTLS connections.
18979 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18980 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18981 functionality.
18983 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18984 asynchronously, if possible.
18986 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18988 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18990 ;;;***
18992 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18993 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18994 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18995 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18996 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18997 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20332 33075))
18998 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19000 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19002 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19004 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19006 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19008 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19009 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19010 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19011 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19012 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19013 Major modes should set this variable.")
19015 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19016 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19017 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19018 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19019 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19020 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19022 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19023 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19025 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19026 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19027 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19029 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19030 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19031 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19032 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19033 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19035 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19036 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
19037 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19039 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
19040 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19041 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19042 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19044 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19045 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19046 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19047 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19048 column indentation or nil.
19049 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19051 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19052 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19053 The function has no args.
19055 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19056 comments always start in column zero.")
19058 (defconst comment-styles '((plain nil nil nil nil "Start in column 0 (do not indent), as in Emacs-20") (indent-or-triple nil nil nil multi-char "Start in column 0, but only for single-char starters") (indent nil nil nil t "Full comment per line, ends not aligned") (aligned nil t nil t "Full comment per line, ends aligned") (box nil t t t "Full comment per line, ends aligned, + top and bottom") (extra-line t nil t t "One comment for all lines, end on a line by itself") (multi-line t nil nil t "One comment for all lines, end on last commented line") (box-multi t t t t "One comment for all lines, + top and bottom")) "\
19059 Comment region style definitions.
19060 Each style is defined with a form (STYLE . (MULTI ALIGN EXTRA INDENT DOC)).
19061 DOC should succinctly describe the style.
19062 STYLE should be a mnemonic symbol.
19063 MULTI specifies that comments are allowed to span multiple lines.
19064 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19065 /* blabla
19066 * bli */
19067 rather than
19068 /* blabla */
19069 /* bli */
19070 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect.
19072 ALIGN specifies that the `comment-end' markers should be aligned.
19073 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19074 /* blabla */
19075 /* bli */
19076 rather than
19077 /* blabla */
19078 /* bli */
19079 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect, unless EXTRA is also set,
19080 in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19082 EXTRA specifies that an extra line should be used before and after the
19083 region to comment (to put the `comment-end' and `comment-start').
19084 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19086 * blabla
19087 * bli
19089 rather than
19090 /* blabla
19091 * bli */
19092 if the comment style is not multi line, this has no effect, unless ALIGN
19093 is also set, in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19095 INDENT specifies that the `comment-start' markers should not be put at the
19096 left margin but at the current indentation of the region to comment.
19097 If INDENT is `multi-char', that means indent multi-character
19098 comment starters, but not one-character comment starters.")
19100 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19101 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19102 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19104 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19106 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
19107 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19108 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19109 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19111 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19112 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19114 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19116 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19117 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19118 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19119 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19120 customize this variable.
19122 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19123 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19125 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19127 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19128 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19129 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19130 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19131 the variables are properly set.
19133 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19135 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19136 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19138 \(fn)" nil nil)
19140 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19141 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19142 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19144 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19146 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19147 Set the comment column based on point.
19148 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19149 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19150 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19151 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19155 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19156 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19157 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19161 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19162 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19163 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19164 comment markers.
19166 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19169 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19170 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19171 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19172 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19174 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19175 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19176 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19178 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19179 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19180 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19181 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19182 changed with `comment-style'.
19184 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19186 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19187 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19188 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19189 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19191 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19193 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19194 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19195 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19196 is passed on to the respective function.
19198 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19200 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19201 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19202 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19203 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19204 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19205 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19206 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19207 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19208 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19209 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19213 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19214 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19215 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19217 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19219 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19220 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19221 This indents the body of the continued comment
19222 under the previous comment line.
19224 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19225 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19226 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19228 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19229 or comment indentation.
19231 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19232 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19234 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19236 ;;;***
19238 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19239 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20309 60936))
19240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19242 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19243 Check whether newsticker is running.
19244 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19245 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19247 \(fn)" nil nil)
19249 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19250 Start the newsticker.
19251 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19252 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19253 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19254 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19256 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19258 ;;;***
19260 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19261 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19264 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19265 Start newsticker plainview.
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19269 ;;;***
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19272 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19275 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19276 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19278 \(fn)" t nil)
19280 ;;;***
19282 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19283 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20309 60936))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19286 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19287 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19288 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19289 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19290 empty.
19292 \(fn)" nil nil)
19294 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19295 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19296 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19297 running already.
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19301 ;;;***
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19304 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19307 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19308 Start newsticker treeview.
19310 \(fn)" t nil)
19312 ;;;***
19314 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19315 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19318 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19319 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19321 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19323 ;;;***
19325 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20309
19326 ;;;;;; 60936))
19327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19329 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19330 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19331 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19332 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19333 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19334 symbol in the alist.
19336 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19338 ;;;***
19340 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19341 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19344 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19345 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19346 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19350 ;;;***
19352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19353 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19356 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19357 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19359 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19361 ;;;***
19363 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19364 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20309 60936))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19367 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19368 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19369 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19371 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19373 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19376 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19378 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19379 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19380 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19381 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19382 to future sessions.
19384 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19386 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19387 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19388 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19389 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19390 to future sessions.
19392 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19394 ;;;***
19396 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19397 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19398 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19400 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19401 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19402 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19403 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19404 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19405 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19407 \(fn)" t nil)
19409 ;;;***
19411 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19412 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19413 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19415 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19416 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19417 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19418 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19420 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19422 ;;;***
19424 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20317
19425 ;;;;;; 29729))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19428 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19429 Major mode for editing XML.
19431 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19432 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19433 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19434 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19435 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19436 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19437 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19439 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19441 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19442 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19444 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19445 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19446 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19447 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19448 instead of C-c.
19450 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19451 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19452 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19453 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19454 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19455 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19457 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19458 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19459 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19461 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19462 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19463 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19465 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19466 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19467 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19468 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19469 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19470 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19471 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19472 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19473 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19475 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19477 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19478 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19480 \(fn)" t nil)
19482 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19484 ;;;***
19486 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19487 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20309 60936))
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19490 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19491 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19492 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19493 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19495 \(fn)" t nil)
19497 ;;;***
19499 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19500 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19501 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19502 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19503 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19504 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19505 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19506 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19507 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19508 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19509 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19510 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19511 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20345 9613))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19514 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19517 \(fn)" nil nil)
19519 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19522 \(fn)" t nil)
19524 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19525 Display information on the current source block.
19526 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19527 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19529 \(fn)" t nil)
19531 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19532 Conditionally expand a source block.
19533 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19534 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19536 \(fn)" t nil)
19538 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19539 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19540 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19541 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19543 \(fn)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19546 Conditionally pop to a session.
19547 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19548 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19550 \(fn)" t nil)
19552 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19553 Execute the current source code block.
19554 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19555 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19556 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19558 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19559 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19561 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19562 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19564 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19565 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19566 block.
19568 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19570 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19571 Expand the current source code block.
19572 Expand according to the source code block's header
19573 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19575 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19577 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19578 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19580 \(fn)" t nil)
19582 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19583 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19585 \(fn)" t nil)
19587 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19588 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19589 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19590 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19591 session.
19593 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19595 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19596 Initiate session for current code block.
19597 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19598 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19599 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19601 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19603 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19604 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19605 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19606 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19607 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19609 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19611 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19612 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19614 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19616 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19617 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19618 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19619 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19620 results already exist.
19622 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19624 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19625 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19626 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19627 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19628 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19630 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19631 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19632 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19633 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19634 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19635 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19636 switches --------- string holding the switches
19637 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19638 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19639 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19640 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19641 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19642 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19643 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19644 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19646 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19648 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19650 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19651 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19652 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19653 buffer.
19655 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19657 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19659 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19660 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19661 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19662 buffer.
19664 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19666 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19668 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19671 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19673 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19675 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19676 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19677 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19678 the current buffer.
19680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19682 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19683 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19684 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19685 the current subtree.
19687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19689 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19690 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19692 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19695 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19697 \(fn)" t nil)
19699 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19700 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19702 \(fn)" t nil)
19704 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19705 Go to a named source-code block.
19707 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19709 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19710 Go to a named result.
19712 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19714 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19715 Jump to the next source block.
19716 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19720 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19721 Jump to the previous source block.
19722 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19726 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19727 Mark current src block
19729 \(fn)" t nil)
19731 ;;;***
19733 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19734 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19735 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19737 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19738 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19740 \(fn)" t nil)
19742 ;;;***
19744 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19745 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20345 9613))
19746 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19748 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19749 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19750 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19752 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19754 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19755 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19756 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19757 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19759 \(fn)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19762 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19764 \(fn)" nil nil)
19766 ;;;***
19768 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19769 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19770 ;;;;;; (20344 35712))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19773 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19774 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19775 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19776 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19777 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19778 then the name of the language is used.")
19780 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19782 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19783 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19784 This function exports the source code using
19785 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19786 `load-file'.
19788 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19790 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19791 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19792 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19793 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19794 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19795 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19797 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19799 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19800 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19801 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19802 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19803 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19804 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19805 exported source code blocks by language.
19807 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19809 ;;;***
19811 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19812 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19815 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19816 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19817 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19819 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19821 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19822 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19824 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19825 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19826 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19830 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19832 ;;;***
19834 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19835 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
19836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19838 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19839 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19841 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19842 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19843 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19844 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19846 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19847 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19848 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19849 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19850 is why you need this mode!).
19852 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19853 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19854 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19856 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19858 Keybindings
19859 ===========
19861 \\{octave-mode-map}
19863 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19864 ==============================================
19866 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19867 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19868 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19870 `octave-block-offset'
19871 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19872 Default is 2.
19874 `octave-continuation-offset'
19875 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19876 Default is 4.
19878 `octave-continuation-string'
19879 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19880 Default is a backslash.
19882 `octave-send-echo-input'
19883 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19884 command to the inferior Octave process.
19886 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19887 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19888 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19890 `octave-send-echo-input'
19891 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19893 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19895 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19896 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19898 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19900 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19901 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19903 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19904 (lambda ()
19905 (abbrev-mode 1)
19906 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19908 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19909 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19910 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19911 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19913 \(fn)" t nil)
19915 ;;;***
19917 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19918 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19919 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19920 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19921 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19922 ;;;;;; org-mode org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19923 ;;;;;; (20345 9613))
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19926 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19927 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19929 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19931 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19932 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19933 With prefix arg HERE, insert it at point.
19935 \(fn &optional HERE)" t nil)
19937 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19938 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19939 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19941 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19942 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19943 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19944 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19945 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19946 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19947 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19948 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19949 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19950 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19952 The following commands are available:
19954 \\{org-mode-map}
19956 \(fn)" t nil)
19958 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19960 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19961 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19962 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19963 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19967 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19968 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19969 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19970 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19971 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19972 defined by Org-mode).
19974 M-up Move entry/item up
19975 M-down Move entry/item down
19976 M-left Promote
19977 M-right Demote
19978 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19979 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19980 M-S-left Promote subtree
19981 M-S-right Demote subtree
19982 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19983 C-c ^ Sort entries
19984 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19985 TAB Cycle item visibility
19986 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19987 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19988 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19992 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19993 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19995 \(fn)" nil nil)
19997 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19998 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
20000 \(fn)" nil nil)
20002 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
20003 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
20004 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
20005 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
20006 call CMD.
20008 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
20010 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
20011 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
20012 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
20013 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
20015 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
20016 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
20017 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
20019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20021 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
20022 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
20023 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
20028 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
20029 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
20030 Org-mode syntax.
20032 \(fn)" t nil)
20034 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
20035 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
20037 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
20039 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
20040 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
20042 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
20043 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
20044 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
20045 returned as a list.
20047 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
20048 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
20049 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
20050 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
20051 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
20052 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
20053 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
20054 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
20055 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
20056 position.
20058 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
20059 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
20060 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
20061 visited by the iteration.
20063 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
20065 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
20066 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
20067 region The entries within the active region, if any
20068 region-start-level
20069 The entries within the active region, but only those at
20070 the same level than the first one.
20071 file The current buffer, without restriction
20072 file-with-archives
20073 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
20074 agenda All agenda files
20075 agenda-with-archives
20076 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
20077 \(file1 file2 ...)
20078 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
20080 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
20081 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
20083 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
20084 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
20085 function or Emacs Lisp form:
20086 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
20087 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
20088 entry and search will continue from the point where the
20089 function leaves it.
20091 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
20092 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
20093 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
20094 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
20095 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
20096 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
20097 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
20098 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
20100 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
20102 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
20103 Switch between Org buffers.
20104 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
20105 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
20107 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
20108 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
20110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20112 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20114 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20116 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20117 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20118 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20119 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20121 \(fn)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20124 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20126 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20128 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20129 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20130 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20132 \(fn)" t nil)
20134 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20137 \(fn)" t nil)
20139 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20140 Reload all org lisp files.
20141 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20143 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20145 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20146 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20148 \(fn)" t nil)
20150 ;;;***
20152 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20153 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20154 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20155 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20156 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20344 35712))
20157 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20159 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20160 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20161 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20162 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20164 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20165 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20166 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20167 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20168 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20169 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20170 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20171 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20172 e Export views to associated files.
20173 s Search entries for keywords.
20174 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20175 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20176 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20177 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20178 > Remove a previous restriction.
20179 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20180 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20181 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20183 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20184 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20185 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20187 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20188 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20189 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20190 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20191 \(if active).
20193 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20196 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20197 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20198 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20199 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20200 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20201 before running the agenda command.
20203 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20205 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20206 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20207 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20208 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20209 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20210 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20211 before running the agenda command.
20213 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20214 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20216 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20218 category The category of the item
20219 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20220 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20221 todo selected in TODO match
20222 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20223 diary imported from diary
20224 deadline a deadline on given date
20225 scheduled scheduled on given date
20226 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20227 closed entry was closed on given date
20228 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20229 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20230 block entry has date block including g. date
20231 todo The todo keyword, if any
20232 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20233 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20234 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20235 extra Sting with extra planning info
20236 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20237 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20238 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20240 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20242 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20245 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20247 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20248 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20250 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20252 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20253 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20254 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20255 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20257 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20258 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20259 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20261 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20262 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20264 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20266 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20267 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20269 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20270 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20271 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20272 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20273 EDIT-AT.
20275 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20276 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20277 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20278 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20279 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20280 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20282 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20283 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20284 including newlines.
20286 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20287 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20288 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20289 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20290 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20291 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20292 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20294 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20295 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20296 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20297 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20299 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20300 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20301 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20302 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20303 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20304 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20305 Boolean search must match as full words.
20307 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20308 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20310 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20312 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20313 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20314 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20315 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20316 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20317 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20319 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20321 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20322 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20323 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20325 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20327 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20328 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20329 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20330 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20331 `org-stuck-projects'.
20333 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20335 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20336 Return diary information from org-files.
20337 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20338 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20339 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20340 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20341 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20343 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20345 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20347 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20348 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20350 &%%(org-diary)
20352 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20353 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20354 So the example above may also be written as
20356 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20358 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20359 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20360 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20362 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20364 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20365 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20367 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20369 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20370 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20371 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20373 \(fn)" t nil)
20375 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20376 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20377 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20378 appointments.
20380 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20381 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20383 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20384 for filtering entries out.
20386 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20387 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20388 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20390 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20391 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20393 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20394 (category \"Work\"))
20396 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20397 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20399 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20400 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20401 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20402 details and examples.
20404 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20406 ;;;***
20408 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20409 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20410 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
20411 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20413 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20414 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20415 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20417 \(fn)" t nil)
20419 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20420 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20421 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20423 \(fn)" t nil)
20425 ;;;***
20427 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20428 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20429 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20430 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20345
20431 ;;;;;; 9613))
20432 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20434 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20435 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20437 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20439 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20440 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20442 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20444 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20445 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20447 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20449 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20450 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20452 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20455 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20456 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20458 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20460 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20461 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20462 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20463 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20464 command to convert it.
20466 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20468 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20469 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20470 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20471 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20472 cut-and-paste operations.
20473 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20474 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20475 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20476 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20478 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20480 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20481 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20483 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20485 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20486 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20487 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20488 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20489 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20490 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20491 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20492 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20493 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20494 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20495 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20496 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20497 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20498 publishing directory.
20500 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20502 ;;;***
20504 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20345
20505 ;;;;;; 9613))
20506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20508 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20509 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20510 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20514 ;;;***
20516 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20517 ;;;;;; (20345 9613))
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20520 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20521 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20525 ;;;***
20527 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20528 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20345 9613))
20529 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20531 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20532 Capture something.
20533 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20534 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20535 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20536 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20537 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20538 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20540 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20541 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20542 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20543 stored.
20545 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20547 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20548 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20549 bypassed.
20551 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20553 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20556 \(fn)" nil nil)
20558 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20559 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20561 \(fn)" t nil)
20563 ;;;***
20565 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20566 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20345 9613))
20567 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20569 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20570 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20571 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20572 fontified, and then returned.
20574 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20576 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20577 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20579 \(fn)" nil nil)
20581 ;;;***
20583 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20584 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20345 9613))
20585 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20587 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20588 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20589 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20590 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20591 tree can be found.
20593 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20595 ;;;***
20597 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20598 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20599 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20600 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20345 9613))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20603 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20604 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20605 This function can be used in batch processing.
20607 For example:
20609 $ emacs --batch
20610 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20611 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20613 \(fn)" nil nil)
20615 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20616 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20617 No file is created.
20619 \(fn)" t nil)
20621 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20622 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20623 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20624 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20625 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20626 then use this command to convert it.
20628 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20630 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20631 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20632 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20633 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20634 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20635 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20636 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20637 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20638 could call this function in the following way:
20640 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20642 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20643 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20645 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20647 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20648 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20650 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20653 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20655 \(fn)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20658 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20659 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20660 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20661 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20662 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20663 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20664 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20665 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20666 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20667 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20668 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20669 publishing directory.
20671 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20673 ;;;***
20675 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20676 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20677 ;;;;;; (20344 35712))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20680 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20681 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20682 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20683 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20684 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20686 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20687 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20688 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20690 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20691 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20692 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20696 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20697 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20698 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20699 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20700 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20701 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20702 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20703 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20704 command.
20706 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20708 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20709 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20710 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20711 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20712 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20714 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20715 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20716 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20717 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20719 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20720 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20721 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20723 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20724 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20725 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20726 directory.
20728 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20730 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20731 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20733 \(fn)" t nil)
20735 ;;;***
20737 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20738 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20309
20739 ;;;;;; 60936))
20740 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20742 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20743 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20747 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20748 Get inbox items from FEED.
20749 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20750 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20752 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20754 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20755 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20757 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20759 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20760 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20762 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20764 ;;;***
20766 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20767 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20344 35712))
20768 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20770 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20771 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20773 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20775 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20776 to create them otherwise.
20778 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20779 interactively.
20781 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20783 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20785 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20786 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20788 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20789 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20790 Org-mode exporters.
20792 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20793 referenced sequence.
20795 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20796 export properties of the buffer.
20798 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20799 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20800 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20801 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20802 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20803 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20805 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20806 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20807 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20808 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20809 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20811 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20813 ;;;***
20815 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20816 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20817 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20818 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20309 60936))
20819 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20821 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20822 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20823 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20824 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20825 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20826 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20827 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20828 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20829 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20830 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20831 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20832 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20833 directory.
20835 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20837 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20839 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20840 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20842 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20844 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20845 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20846 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20848 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20850 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20851 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20852 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20853 have them in `org-mode'.
20855 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20856 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20857 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20858 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20859 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20860 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20862 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20864 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20865 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20867 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20869 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20870 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20872 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20874 ;;;***
20876 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20877 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20878 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20879 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20344 35712))
20880 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20882 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20884 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20886 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20888 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20889 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20890 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20891 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20892 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20894 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20896 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20897 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20898 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20899 emacs --batch
20900 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20901 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20902 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20904 \(fn)" nil nil)
20906 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20907 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20908 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20912 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20913 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20914 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20915 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20916 command to convert it.
20918 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20920 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20921 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20922 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20923 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20924 cut-and-paste operations.
20925 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20926 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20927 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20928 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20930 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20932 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20933 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20935 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20937 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20938 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20939 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20940 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20941 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20942 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20943 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20944 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20945 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20946 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20947 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20948 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20949 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20950 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20951 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20953 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20955 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20956 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20957 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20958 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20959 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20960 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20961 need into your CSS file.
20963 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20964 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20965 that uses these same face definitions.
20967 \(fn)" t nil)
20969 ;;;***
20971 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20972 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20973 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
20974 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20976 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20977 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20978 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20979 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20981 \(fn)" t nil)
20983 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20984 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20985 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20986 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20988 \(fn)" t nil)
20990 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20991 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20992 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20994 \(fn)" t nil)
20996 ;;;***
20998 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20999 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
21000 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
21001 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
21004 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
21005 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
21006 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
21007 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
21009 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21011 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
21012 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
21013 Create an ID if necessary.
21015 \(fn)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
21018 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
21019 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
21020 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
21021 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
21022 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
21023 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
21025 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
21027 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
21028 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21029 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
21030 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
21031 eligible.
21032 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21034 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21036 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
21037 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21038 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
21039 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21041 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21043 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
21044 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
21045 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21047 \(fn ID)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21050 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21051 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21052 if there is no entry with that ID.
21053 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21055 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21057 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21058 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21060 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
21062 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21063 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21065 \(fn)" t nil)
21067 ;;;***
21069 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21070 ;;;;;; (20344 35712))
21071 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21073 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21074 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21076 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21077 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21079 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
21080 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21081 during idle time.
21083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21085 ;;;***
21087 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21088 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21089 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21091 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21092 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21094 \(fn)" nil nil)
21096 ;;;***
21098 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21099 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21100 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21101 ;;;;;; (20344 35712))
21102 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21104 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21105 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21106 For example:
21108 emacs --batch
21109 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21110 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21111 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21113 \(fn)" nil nil)
21115 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21116 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21117 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21122 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21123 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21124 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
21125 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21126 then use this command to convert it.
21128 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21130 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21131 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21132 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21133 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21134 cut-and-paste operations.
21135 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21136 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21137 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21138 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21140 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21142 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21143 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21145 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21147 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21148 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21149 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21150 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21151 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21152 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21153 convert them as description lists.
21154 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21155 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21156 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21157 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21158 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21159 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21160 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21161 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21162 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21163 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21164 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21166 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21169 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21171 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21174 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21176 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21178 ;;;***
21180 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21181 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21182 ;;;;;; (20344 35712))
21183 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21185 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21186 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21187 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21188 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21189 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21190 lists.
21192 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21194 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21195 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21196 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21197 emacs --batch
21198 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21199 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21200 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21202 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21204 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21205 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21206 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21207 `org-lparse'.
21209 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21211 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21212 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21213 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21214 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21215 this command to convert it.
21217 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21219 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21220 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21221 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21222 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21223 cut-and-paste operations.
21224 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21225 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21226 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21227 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21229 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21231 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21232 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21234 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21236 ;;;***
21238 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21239 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20309
21240 ;;;;;; 60936))
21241 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21243 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21244 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21245 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21246 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21248 \(fn)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21251 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21252 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21253 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21255 \(fn)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21258 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21262 ;;;***
21264 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21265 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21266 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20344 35712))
21267 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21269 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21270 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21271 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21272 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21273 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21278 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21279 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21280 emacs --batch
21281 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21282 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21283 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21285 \(fn)" nil nil)
21287 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21288 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21289 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21290 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21291 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21292 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21293 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21294 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21295 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21296 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21297 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21298 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21299 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21300 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21301 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21303 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21306 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21307 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21308 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21309 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21310 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21311 using `org-open-file'.
21313 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21315 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21316 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21317 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21318 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21319 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21320 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21321 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21322 non-nil.
21324 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21327 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21328 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21329 formula file.
21331 \(fn)" t nil)
21333 ;;;***
21335 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21336 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21337 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21339 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21340 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21341 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21342 line directly before or after the table.
21344 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21346 ;;;***
21348 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21349 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21350 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21351 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21353 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21355 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21356 Publish PROJECT.
21358 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21360 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21361 Publish all projects.
21362 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21363 directory and force publishing all files.
21365 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21368 Publish the current file.
21369 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21371 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21374 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21375 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21376 the project.
21378 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21380 ;;;***
21382 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21383 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21384 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20309 60936))
21385 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21387 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21388 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21390 \(fn)" nil nil)
21392 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21393 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21394 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21395 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21396 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21398 \(fn)" nil nil)
21400 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21401 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21402 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21403 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21405 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21407 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21408 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21409 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21410 of the remember buffer.
21412 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21413 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21414 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21415 note stored by remember.
21417 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21418 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21420 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21422 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21423 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21424 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21425 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21426 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21427 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21428 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21429 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21430 process is used to select the target location.
21432 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21433 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21435 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21436 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21437 currently running.
21439 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21440 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21441 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21442 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21444 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21445 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21446 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21447 some additional data.
21449 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21450 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21451 \(i.e. after the stars).
21453 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21455 \(fn)" nil nil)
21457 ;;;***
21459 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21460 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20345 9613))
21461 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21463 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21464 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21466 \(fn)" nil nil)
21468 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21469 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21473 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21474 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21475 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21476 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21477 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21479 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21481 ;;;***
21483 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21484 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20309 60936))
21485 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21487 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21488 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21489 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21490 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21491 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21492 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21493 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21494 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21495 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21496 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21497 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21498 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21500 \(fn)" t nil)
21502 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21503 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21504 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21506 \(fn)" t nil)
21508 ;;;***
21510 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21511 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21512 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21515 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21516 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21517 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21518 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21519 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21520 without user interaction.
21521 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21522 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21523 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21524 the region 0:00:00.
21526 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21529 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21530 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21531 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21532 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21533 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21534 that was not started at the correct moment.
21536 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21537 it in the buffer.
21539 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21541 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21542 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21544 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21546 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21547 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21552 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21554 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21555 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21556 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21558 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21559 the duration of the timer.
21561 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21562 without prompting the user for a duration.
21564 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21565 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21566 replace any running timer.
21568 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21570 ;;;***
21572 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21573 ;;;;;; (20345 9613))
21574 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21576 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21577 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21578 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21580 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21582 ;;;***
21584 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21585 ;;;;;; (20330 53092))
21586 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21587 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21588 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21590 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21591 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21592 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21593 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21595 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21596 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21597 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21598 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21600 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21601 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21602 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21603 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21604 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21605 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21607 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21608 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21609 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21611 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21612 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21613 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21614 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21615 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21616 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21617 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21618 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21619 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21620 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21621 The subheadings remain visible.
21622 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21624 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21625 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21626 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21628 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21629 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21631 \(fn)" t nil)
21633 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21634 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21635 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21636 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21637 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21639 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21642 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21644 ;;;***
21646 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21647 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21648 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21649 ;;;;;; (20317 26260))
21650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21652 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21653 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21654 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21655 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21656 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21658 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21659 activate the package system at any time.")
21661 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21663 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21664 Install the package named NAME.
21665 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21666 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21668 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21671 Install a package from the current buffer.
21672 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21673 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21674 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21676 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21677 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21678 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21680 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21683 Install a package from a file.
21684 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21686 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21689 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21690 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21691 makes them available for download.
21693 \(fn)" t nil)
21695 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21696 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21697 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21698 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21700 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21703 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21705 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21707 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21708 Display a list of packages.
21709 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21710 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21711 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21713 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21715 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21717 ;;;***
21719 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20309 60936))
21720 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21722 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21723 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21724 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21727 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21729 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21731 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21732 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21735 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21737 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21738 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21739 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21743 ;;;***
21745 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21746 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21747 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21748 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21750 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21751 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21752 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21753 unknown are returned as nil.
21755 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21757 ;;;***
21759 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20309
21760 ;;;;;; 60936))
21761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21763 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21764 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21765 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21767 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21768 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21770 Other useful functions are:
21772 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21773 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21774 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21775 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21776 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21777 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21778 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21779 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21780 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21782 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21784 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21785 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21786 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21787 Indentation for case statements.
21788 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21789 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21790 mark after an end.
21791 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21792 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21793 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21794 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21795 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21796 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21797 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21798 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21799 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21800 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21802 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21803 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21805 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21806 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21810 ;;;***
21812 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21813 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20309 60936))
21814 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21816 (defvar password-cache t "\
21817 Whether to cache passwords.")
21819 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21821 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21822 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21823 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21825 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21827 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21828 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21830 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21832 ;;;***
21834 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21835 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
21836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21838 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21839 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21840 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21842 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21843 _ matches anything.
21844 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21845 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21846 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21847 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21848 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21849 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21850 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21851 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21852 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21854 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21855 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21856 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21857 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21858 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21859 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21861 PRED can take the form
21862 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21863 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21864 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21865 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21866 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21867 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21868 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21870 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21872 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21874 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21875 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21876 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21877 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21879 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21881 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21883 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21884 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21885 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21886 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21888 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21890 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21892 ;;;***
21894 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20309
21895 ;;;;;; 60936))
21896 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21898 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21899 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21901 \(fn)" nil nil)
21903 ;;;***
21905 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21906 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20309 60936))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21909 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21910 Completion for `gzip'.
21912 \(fn)" nil nil)
21914 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21915 Completion for `bzip2'.
21917 \(fn)" nil nil)
21919 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21920 Completion for GNU `make'.
21922 \(fn)" nil nil)
21924 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21925 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21927 \(fn)" nil nil)
21929 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21931 ;;;***
21933 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21934 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20309 60936))
21935 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21937 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21938 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21940 \(fn)" nil nil)
21942 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21943 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21945 \(fn)" nil nil)
21947 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21948 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21950 \(fn)" nil nil)
21952 ;;;***
21954 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20309
21955 ;;;;;; 60936))
21956 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21958 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21959 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21961 \(fn)" nil nil)
21963 ;;;***
21965 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21966 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21967 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20309 60936))
21968 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21970 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21971 Completion for `cd'.
21973 \(fn)" nil nil)
21975 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21977 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21978 Completion for `rmdir'.
21980 \(fn)" nil nil)
21982 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21983 Completion for `rm'.
21985 \(fn)" nil nil)
21987 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21988 Completion for `xargs'.
21990 \(fn)" nil nil)
21992 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21994 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21995 Completion for `which'.
21997 \(fn)" nil nil)
21999 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
22000 Completion for the `chown' command.
22002 \(fn)" nil nil)
22004 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22005 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
22007 \(fn)" nil nil)
22009 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
22010 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
22012 \(fn)" nil nil)
22014 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22015 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
22016 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
22018 \(fn)" nil nil)
22020 ;;;***
22022 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
22023 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
22024 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20309
22025 ;;;;;; 60936))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
22028 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
22029 Support extensible programmable completion.
22030 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
22031 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
22033 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
22035 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
22036 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
22038 \(fn)" t nil)
22040 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
22041 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22042 This will modify the current buffer.
22044 \(fn)" t nil)
22046 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22047 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22049 \(fn)" t nil)
22051 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22052 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22053 This will modify the current buffer.
22055 \(fn)" t nil)
22057 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22058 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22060 \(fn)" t nil)
22062 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22063 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22065 \(fn)" t nil)
22067 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22068 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22069 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22070 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
22071 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22073 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22075 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22076 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22078 \(fn)" nil nil)
22080 ;;;***
22082 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22083 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22084 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20309 60936))
22085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22087 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22088 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22089 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22090 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22092 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22094 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22096 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22097 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22098 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22099 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22100 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22101 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22102 FLAGS is ignored.
22104 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22106 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22107 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22108 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22109 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22110 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22111 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22112 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22113 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22115 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22117 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22118 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22119 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22120 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22121 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22122 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22123 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22124 passed to cvs.
22126 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22128 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22129 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22130 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22131 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22132 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22133 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22134 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22136 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22138 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22139 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22140 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22142 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22144 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22145 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22146 A value of nil means never do it.
22147 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22148 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22149 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22151 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22153 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22154 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22155 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22157 ;;;***
22159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20309 60936))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22162 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22163 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22165 ;;;***
22167 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22168 ;;;;;; (20341 24416))
22169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22170 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22171 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22172 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22173 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22174 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22175 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22177 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22178 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22179 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22180 Tab indents for Perl code.
22181 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22182 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22183 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22184 \\{perl-mode-map}
22185 Variables controlling indentation style:
22186 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22187 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22188 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22189 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22190 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22191 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22192 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22193 `perl-nochange'
22194 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22195 `perl-indent-level'
22196 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22197 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22198 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22199 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22200 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22201 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22202 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22203 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22204 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22205 `perl-brace-offset'
22206 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22207 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22208 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22209 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22210 `perl-label-offset'
22211 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22212 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22213 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22215 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22216 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22217 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22218 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22219 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22220 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22221 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22223 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22225 \(fn)" t nil)
22227 ;;;***
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22230 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22233 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22234 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22235 \\<picture-mode-map>
22236 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22237 afterwards settable by these commands:
22239 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22240 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22241 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22242 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22244 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22245 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22246 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22247 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22249 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22250 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22251 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22252 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22254 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22255 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22256 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22257 with these commands:
22259 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22260 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22261 Move to column following last
22262 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22263 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22264 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22265 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22266 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22267 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22269 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22271 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22272 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22273 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22274 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22275 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22276 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22278 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22279 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22280 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22281 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22282 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22283 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22284 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22286 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22287 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22288 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22289 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22290 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22291 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22292 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22293 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22295 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22296 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22297 by supplying an argument.
22299 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22301 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22302 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22304 \(fn)" t nil)
22306 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22308 ;;;***
22310 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20309
22311 ;;;;;; 60936))
22312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22314 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22315 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22317 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22319 ;;;***
22321 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22322 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
22323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22325 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22326 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22327 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22329 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22331 ;;;***
22333 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20309 60936))
22334 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22336 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22337 Play pong and waste time.
22338 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22339 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22341 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22343 \\{pong-mode-map}
22345 \(fn)" t nil)
22347 ;;;***
22349 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20309 60936))
22350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22352 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22353 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22354 Use streaming commands.
22356 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22358 ;;;***
22360 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22361 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22362 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22365 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22366 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22367 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22368 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22370 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22372 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22373 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22375 \(fn)" nil nil)
22377 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22378 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22379 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22380 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22381 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22383 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22385 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22386 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22387 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22389 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22391 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22392 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22394 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22396 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22397 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22398 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22399 Ignores leading comment characters.
22401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22403 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22404 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22405 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22406 Ignores leading comment characters.
22408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22410 ;;;***
22412 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22413 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22414 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22415 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22416 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22417 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22418 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22419 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22420 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22421 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22422 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22423 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22424 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22425 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22427 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22428 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22429 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22430 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
22431 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22433 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22434 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22436 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22438 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22442 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22443 Preview directory using ghostview.
22445 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22446 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22447 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22448 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22451 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22452 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22453 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22454 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22455 file name.
22457 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22459 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22461 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22462 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22464 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22465 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22466 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22467 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22469 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22470 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22471 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22472 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22473 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22474 file name.
22476 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22478 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22480 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22481 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22483 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22484 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22485 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22486 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22488 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22489 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22490 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22491 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22492 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22493 file name.
22495 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22497 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22499 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22500 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22502 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22504 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22505 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22506 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22507 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22509 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22510 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22511 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22512 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22513 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22514 file name.
22516 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22518 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22520 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22521 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22523 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22524 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22525 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22527 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22528 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22529 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22530 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22532 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22534 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22535 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22537 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22538 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22539 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22541 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22542 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22543 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22544 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22546 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22548 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22549 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22551 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22552 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22553 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22555 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22556 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22557 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22558 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22560 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22562 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22563 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22565 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22568 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22569 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22571 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22572 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22573 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22574 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22576 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22578 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22579 Preview region using ghostview.
22581 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22583 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22585 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22586 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22588 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22592 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22593 Print region using PostScript printer.
22595 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22597 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22599 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22600 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22602 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22606 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22607 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22609 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22611 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22613 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22614 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22616 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22618 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22620 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22621 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22623 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22625 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22627 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22628 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22630 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22632 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22634 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22635 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22636 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22637 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22639 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22640 matching.
22642 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22643 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22645 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22647 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22649 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22650 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22651 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22652 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22654 \(fn)" t nil)
22656 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22657 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22658 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22659 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22661 \(fn)" t nil)
22663 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22664 Print directory using text printer.
22666 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22667 matching.
22669 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22670 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22672 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22674 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22676 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22677 Print buffer using text printer.
22679 \(fn)" t nil)
22681 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22682 Print region using text printer.
22684 \(fn)" t nil)
22686 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22687 Print major mode using text printer.
22689 \(fn)" t nil)
22691 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22692 Preview spooled PostScript.
22694 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22695 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22696 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22698 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22699 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22700 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22702 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22704 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22705 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22708 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22709 instead of sending it to the printer.
22711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22713 image in a file with that name.
22715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22717 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22718 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22720 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22721 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22722 instead of sending it to the printer.
22724 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22725 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22726 image in a file with that name.
22728 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22730 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22731 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22734 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22735 instead of sending it to the printer.
22737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22739 image in a file with that name.
22741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22743 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22744 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22746 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22748 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22749 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22751 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22753 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22754 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22756 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22758 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22759 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22761 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22763 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22764 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22768 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22769 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22771 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22772 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22773 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22774 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22776 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22777 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22778 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22779 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22780 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22781 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22782 file name.
22784 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22786 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22787 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22789 \(fn)" t nil)
22791 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22792 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22794 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22795 right.
22796 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22797 bottom.
22799 \(fn)" t nil)
22801 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22802 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22804 \(fn)" t nil)
22806 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22807 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22809 \(fn)" t nil)
22811 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22812 Toggle printing with faces.
22814 \(fn)" t nil)
22816 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22817 Toggle spooling.
22819 \(fn)" t nil)
22821 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22822 Toggle duplex.
22824 \(fn)" t nil)
22826 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22827 Toggle tumble.
22829 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22830 right.
22831 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22832 bottom.
22834 \(fn)" t nil)
22836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22837 Toggle landscape.
22839 \(fn)" t nil)
22841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22842 Toggle upside-down.
22844 \(fn)" t nil)
22846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22847 Toggle line number.
22849 \(fn)" t nil)
22851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22852 Toggle zebra stripes.
22854 \(fn)" t nil)
22856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22857 Toggle printing header.
22859 \(fn)" t nil)
22861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22862 Toggle printing header frame.
22864 \(fn)" t nil)
22866 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22867 Toggle menu lock.
22869 \(fn)" t nil)
22871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22872 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22874 \(fn)" t nil)
22876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22877 Toggle auto mode.
22879 \(fn)" t nil)
22881 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22882 Customization of the `printing' group.
22884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22886 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22887 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22889 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22891 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22892 Help for the printing package.
22894 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22896 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22897 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22899 \(fn)" t nil)
22901 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22902 Interactively select a text printer.
22904 \(fn)" t nil)
22906 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22907 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22909 \(fn)" t nil)
22911 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22912 Show current ps-print settings.
22914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22916 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22917 Show current printing settings.
22919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22921 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22922 Show current lpr settings.
22924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22926 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22927 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22929 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22930 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22931 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22932 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22935 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22937 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22938 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22939 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22941 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22942 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22943 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22944 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22945 current active printer.
22947 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22948 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22949 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22950 printer.
22952 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22953 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22954 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22955 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22956 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22959 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22960 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22962 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22964 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22965 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22966 be done using the new current active printer.
22968 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22969 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22970 printer.
22972 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22973 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22974 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22975 instead of sending it to the printer.
22977 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22978 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22979 printer.
22981 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22984 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22985 are both set to t.
22987 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22989 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22990 Fast fire function for text printing.
22992 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22993 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22994 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22995 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22997 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22998 user for a new active text printer.
23000 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
23002 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
23004 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
23005 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23006 printer.
23008 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
23010 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23011 are both set to t.
23013 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
23015 ;;;***
23017 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20309 60936))
23018 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
23020 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
23021 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
23022 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
23023 information will be displayed but not selected.
23024 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
23026 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
23028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23030 ;;;***
23032 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
23033 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20309 60936))
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
23036 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23037 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23039 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
23040 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23042 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23044 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23045 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23047 Commands:
23048 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23049 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23050 if that value is non-nil.
23052 \(fn)" t nil)
23054 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23055 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23056 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23058 \(fn)" t nil)
23060 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23061 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23062 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23064 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23066 ;;;***
23068 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20309
23069 ;;;;;; 60936))
23070 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23072 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23073 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23074 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23076 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23078 ;;;***
23080 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20309
23081 ;;;;;; 60936))
23082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23084 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23085 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23087 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23089 The following variables hold user options, and can
23090 be set through the `customize' command:
23092 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23093 `ps-mode-tab'
23094 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23095 `ps-mode-print-function'
23096 `ps-run-prompt'
23097 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23098 `ps-run-x'
23099 `ps-run-dumb'
23100 `ps-run-init'
23101 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23102 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
23104 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23107 \\{ps-mode-map}
23110 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23111 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23112 The keymap for this second window is:
23114 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23117 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23118 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23119 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23120 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23121 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23123 \(fn)" t nil)
23125 ;;;***
23127 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23128 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23129 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23130 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23131 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23132 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20309
23133 ;;;;;; 60936))
23134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23136 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23137 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23138 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23140 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23142 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23143 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23144 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23145 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23147 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23149 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23150 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23152 Valid values are:
23154 nil Do not print colors.
23156 t Print colors.
23158 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23159 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23161 Any other value is treated as t.")
23163 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23165 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23166 Customization of ps-print group.
23168 \(fn)" t nil)
23170 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23171 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23173 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23174 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23175 sending it to the printer.
23177 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23178 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23179 image in a file with that name.
23181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23183 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23184 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23185 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23186 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23187 so it has a way to determine color values.
23189 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23191 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23192 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23193 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23195 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23197 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23198 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23199 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23200 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23201 so it has a way to determine color values.
23203 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23205 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23206 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23207 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23208 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23210 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23212 \(fn)" t nil)
23214 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23215 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23216 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23217 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23218 so it has a way to determine color values.
23220 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23222 \(fn)" t nil)
23224 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23225 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23226 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23228 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23230 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23232 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23233 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23234 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23235 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23236 so it has a way to determine color values.
23238 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23240 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23242 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23243 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23245 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23246 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23247 instead of sending it to the printer.
23249 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23250 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23251 image in a file with that name.
23253 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23255 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23256 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23257 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23258 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23259 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23261 \(fn)" t nil)
23263 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23264 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23265 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23267 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23269 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23270 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23271 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23273 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23275 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23276 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23278 \(fn)" nil nil)
23280 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23281 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23283 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23284 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23286 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23287 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23289 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23291 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23293 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23295 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23296 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23298 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23299 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23301 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23302 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23304 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23306 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23308 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23310 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23311 foreground and background colors respectively.
23313 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23314 bold - use bold font.
23315 italic - use italic font.
23316 underline - put a line under text.
23317 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23318 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23319 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23320 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23321 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23323 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23325 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23327 ;;;***
23329 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23330 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20309 60936))
23331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23333 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23337 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23339 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23340 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23341 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23342 show the buffer automatically.
23344 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23345 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23347 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23348 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23349 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23350 switch to that buffer.
23352 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23353 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23354 process buffer for a list of commands.
23356 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23357 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23358 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23360 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23362 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23363 Set up info-look for Python.
23364 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23366 \(fn)" nil nil)
23368 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23369 Major mode for editing Python files.
23370 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23371 for correct parsing of the source.
23372 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23373 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23374 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23376 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23377 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23378 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23379 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23380 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23381 \\<python-mode-map>
23382 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23383 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23384 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23385 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23386 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23387 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23389 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23390 effect outside them.
23392 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23393 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23394 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23395 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23396 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23397 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23398 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23399 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23400 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23402 \\{python-mode-map}
23404 \(fn)" t nil)
23406 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23407 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23408 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23409 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23411 \(fn)" t nil)
23413 ;;;***
23415 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23416 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23419 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23420 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23421 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23422 coding-system.
23424 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23425 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23427 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23428 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23429 them into characters should be done separately.
23431 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23433 ;;;***
23435 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23436 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23437 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23438 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23439 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20330 53092))
23440 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23442 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23443 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23445 \(fn)" nil nil)
23447 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23448 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23449 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23451 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23452 `quail-activate', which see.
23454 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23456 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23457 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23458 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23459 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23460 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23461 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23462 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23464 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23465 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23466 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23467 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23468 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23469 shown.
23470 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23472 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23473 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23474 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23475 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23476 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23477 list of candidates.
23479 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23480 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23481 command to be called.
23483 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23484 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23485 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23486 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23488 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23489 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23490 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23491 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23492 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23493 to t.
23495 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23496 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23497 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23498 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23500 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23501 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23502 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23503 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23505 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23506 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23507 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23508 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23509 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23510 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23512 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23513 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23514 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23515 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23516 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23517 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23519 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23520 covers Quail translation region.
23522 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23523 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23524 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23525 for it) is inserted.
23527 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23528 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23529 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23531 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23532 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23533 non-Quail commands.
23535 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23537 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23538 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23540 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23541 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23542 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23543 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23544 you type is correctly handled.
23546 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23548 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23549 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23551 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23552 keyboard type.
23554 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23556 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23557 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23558 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23559 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23560 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23561 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23562 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23563 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23564 for the translation.
23565 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23567 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23568 it is used to handle KEY.
23570 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23571 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23572 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23573 the following annotation types are supported.
23575 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23576 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23578 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23579 candidate list.
23581 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23582 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23583 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23584 inserted.
23586 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23587 generated for the following translations.
23589 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23591 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23592 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23594 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23595 which to install MAP.
23597 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23599 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23601 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23602 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23604 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23605 which to install MAP.
23607 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23609 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23611 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23612 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23613 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23614 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23615 a function, or a cons.
23616 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23617 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23618 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23619 for the translation.
23620 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23621 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23622 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23623 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23624 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23626 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23627 it is used to handle KEY.
23629 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23630 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23631 current Quail package.
23633 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23634 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23636 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23638 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23639 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23641 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23642 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23644 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23646 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23647 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23649 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23651 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23652 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23653 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23654 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23655 of the Emacs source tree.
23657 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23658 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23660 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23661 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23662 of each directory.
23664 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23666 ;;;***
23668 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23669 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23670 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20309
23671 ;;;;;; 60936))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23674 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23675 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23676 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23677 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23679 To make use of this do something like:
23681 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23683 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23685 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23686 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23688 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23689 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23690 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23692 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23694 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23695 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23697 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23699 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23700 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23702 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23703 is decided.
23705 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23707 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23708 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23710 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23711 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23712 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23714 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23716 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23717 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23719 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23721 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23722 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23724 \(fn)" t nil)
23726 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23727 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23729 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23731 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23735 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23736 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23738 \(fn)" t nil)
23740 ;;;***
23742 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23743 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20325 32214))
23744 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23746 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23747 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23749 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23751 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23755 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23757 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23760 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23762 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23763 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23764 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23767 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23769 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23771 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23772 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23773 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23774 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23775 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23779 ;;;***
23781 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20309
23782 ;;;;;; 60936))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23785 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23786 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23787 See \\[compile].
23789 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23791 ;;;***
23793 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23794 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23797 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23799 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23800 Construct a regexp interactively.
23801 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23802 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23803 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23805 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23806 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23808 \(fn)" t nil)
23810 ;;;***
23812 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20309 60936))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23815 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23816 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23817 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23820 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23822 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23824 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23825 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23828 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23830 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23831 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23832 were operated on recently.
23834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23836 ;;;***
23838 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23839 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23840 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23841 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23842 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23844 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23845 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23846 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23847 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23848 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23849 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23850 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23852 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23853 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23854 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23855 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23856 ends.
23858 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23859 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23860 to be deleted.
23862 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23864 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23865 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23866 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23868 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23869 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23870 deleted.
23872 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23874 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23875 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23876 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23878 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23880 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23881 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23883 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23884 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23886 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23887 deleted.
23889 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23890 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23891 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23892 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23893 even beep.)
23895 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23897 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23898 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23900 \(fn)" t nil)
23902 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23903 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23904 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23905 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23906 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23907 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23908 and point is at the lower right corner.
23910 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23912 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23913 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23915 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23916 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23918 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23919 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23920 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23922 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23924 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23926 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23927 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23928 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23929 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23930 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23932 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23933 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23935 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23937 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23938 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23939 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23941 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23943 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23945 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23947 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23948 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23950 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23951 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23952 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23954 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23956 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23957 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23958 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23960 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23961 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23962 rectangle which were empty.
23964 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23966 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23967 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23969 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23970 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23971 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23972 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23974 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23976 ;;;***
23978 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20309
23979 ;;;;;; 60936))
23980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23982 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23983 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23988 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23989 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23990 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23991 auto-filling.
23993 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23997 ;;;***
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
24000 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20309 60936))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
24003 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
24004 Turn on RefTeX mode.
24006 \(fn)" nil nil)
24008 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
24009 Toggle RefTeX mode.
24010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
24011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24014 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
24015 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
24017 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
24018 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
24020 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
24021 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
24022 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
24023 \\ref macro.
24025 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
24026 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
24027 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
24029 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
24030 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
24031 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
24033 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
24034 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
24036 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
24037 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
24039 \\{reftex-mode-map}
24040 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
24041 on the menu bar.
24043 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24047 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
24048 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
24049 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
24051 \(fn)" nil nil)
24053 ;;;***
24055 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
24056 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
24059 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
24060 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
24061 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
24062 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
24063 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
24064 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
24066 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
24068 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
24070 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
24071 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
24072 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
24073 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
24074 `reftex-cite-format'.
24076 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
24077 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
24078 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24079 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24081 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24083 ;;;***
24085 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24086 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24089 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24090 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24091 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24092 the current TeX document.
24094 With no argument, this command toggles
24095 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24096 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24100 ;;;***
24102 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24103 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24106 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24107 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24108 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24110 To insert new phrases, use
24111 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24112 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24114 To index phrases use one of:
24116 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24117 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24118 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24119 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24120 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24122 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24123 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24125 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24127 Here are all local bindings.
24129 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24131 \(fn)" t nil)
24133 ;;;***
24135 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24136 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24139 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24140 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24141 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24142 of master file.
24144 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24146 ;;;***
24148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20309
24149 ;;;;;; 60936))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24151 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24152 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24153 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24154 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24156 ;;;***
24158 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24159 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24162 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24163 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24164 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24165 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24166 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24167 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24169 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24170 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24172 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24173 by \\=\\< and \\>.
24174 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24175 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24177 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24179 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24180 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24181 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24182 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24184 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24186 ;;;***
24188 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24189 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24190 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24191 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24193 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24194 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24195 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24196 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24198 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24200 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24202 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24203 Call `remember' in another frame.
24205 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24207 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24208 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24209 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24210 application.
24212 \(fn)" t nil)
24214 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24215 Extract diary entries from the region.
24217 \(fn)" nil nil)
24219 ;;;***
24221 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20309 60936))
24222 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24224 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24225 Repeat most recently executed command.
24226 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
24227 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
24228 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
24230 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24231 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24232 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24233 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24235 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24236 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24237 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24239 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24241 ;;;***
24243 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24244 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24247 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24248 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24250 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24251 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24252 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24253 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24254 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24255 and point is left after the salutation.
24257 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24258 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24259 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24260 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24261 left after that text.
24263 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24264 is non-nil.
24266 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24267 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24268 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24269 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24271 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24273 ;;;***
24275 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24276 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24277 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24279 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24280 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24281 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24282 visibility of comments that precede it.
24283 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24284 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24285 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24286 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24287 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24288 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24289 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24290 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24291 the comment lines.
24292 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24293 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24294 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24295 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24296 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24300 ;;;***
24302 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24303 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24304 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24306 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24307 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24310 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24312 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24313 reveals invisible text around point.
24315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24317 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24318 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24319 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24322 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24324 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24326 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24327 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24328 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24336 ;;;***
24338 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24339 ;;;;;; (20321 41303))
24340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24342 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24343 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24345 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24347 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24348 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24350 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24352 ;;;***
24354 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20309 60936))
24355 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24357 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24358 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24359 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24360 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24362 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24364 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24365 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24366 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24367 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24369 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24370 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24372 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24373 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24375 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24376 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24377 INPUT-ARGS.
24379 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24380 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24381 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24382 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24383 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24385 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24386 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24387 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24388 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24390 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24391 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24392 variable.
24394 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24396 ;;;***
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24399 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24400 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24401 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24402 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24403 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20315 8755))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24406 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24407 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24408 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24410 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24412 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24413 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24414 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24415 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24416 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24417 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24418 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24420 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24421 sent by you under different user names.
24422 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24424 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24426 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24428 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24430 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24431 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24432 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24433 explicitly.")
24435 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24437 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24438 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24439 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24440 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24441 which normally happens once for each message,
24442 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24443 To make a change in this variable take effect
24444 for a message that you have already viewed,
24445 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24447 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24449 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24450 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24451 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24452 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24454 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24456 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24457 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24459 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24461 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24462 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24463 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24465 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24467 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24468 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24469 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24470 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24471 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24472 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24474 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24476 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24477 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24479 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24481 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24482 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24484 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24486 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24487 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24489 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24490 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24492 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24494 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24495 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24497 This is set to nil by default.")
24499 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24500 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24501 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24502 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24503 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24504 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24505 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24507 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24508 Read and edit incoming mail.
24509 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24510 file in RMAIL Mode.
24511 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24513 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24514 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24515 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24516 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24518 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24520 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24522 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24523 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24524 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24525 Instead, these commands are available:
24527 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24528 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24529 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24530 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24531 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24532 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24533 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24534 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24535 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24536 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24537 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24538 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24539 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24540 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24541 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24542 till a deleted message is found.
24543 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24544 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24545 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24546 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24547 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24548 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24549 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24550 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24551 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24552 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24553 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24554 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24555 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24556 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24557 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24558 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24559 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24560 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24561 (label defaults to last one specified).
24562 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24563 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24564 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24565 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24566 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24567 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24568 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24569 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24570 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24572 \(fn)" t nil)
24574 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24575 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24577 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24579 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24580 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24582 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24584 ;;;***
24586 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24587 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20309 60936))
24588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24589 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24591 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24592 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24593 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24594 case it writes Babyl.
24596 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24597 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24598 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24599 `rmail-default-file'.
24601 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24602 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24603 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24605 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24606 the header display is currently pruned.
24608 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24609 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24610 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24611 messages after output.
24613 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24614 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24615 message (if writing a file directly).
24617 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24618 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24620 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24622 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24623 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24624 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24625 i) the header is output as currently seen
24626 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24627 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24629 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24630 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24631 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24633 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24635 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24636 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24637 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24638 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24639 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24640 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24641 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24643 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24644 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24645 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24647 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24649 ;;;***
24651 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24652 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24653 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24655 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24656 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24657 Return a pattern.
24659 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24661 ;;;***
24663 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24664 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24667 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24668 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24669 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24670 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24672 \(fn)" t nil)
24674 ;;;***
24676 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24677 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24678 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24680 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24681 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24683 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24684 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24685 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24686 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24687 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24688 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24689 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24690 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24691 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24692 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24694 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24695 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24696 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24697 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24698 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24699 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24700 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24701 to use for finding the schema.
24703 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24705 ;;;***
24707 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20309
24708 ;;;;;; 60936))
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24711 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24713 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24714 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24715 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24716 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24717 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24718 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24719 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24720 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24721 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24722 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24723 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24724 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24725 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24726 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24727 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24728 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24729 must be equal.
24731 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24733 ;;;***
24735 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24736 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20309 60936))
24737 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24739 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24740 Define a robin package.
24742 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24743 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24744 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24745 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24747 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24748 one replaces the old one.
24750 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24752 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24753 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24755 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24756 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24757 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24759 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24761 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24762 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24764 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24766 ;;;***
24768 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24769 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20309 60936))
24770 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24772 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24773 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24775 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24777 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24778 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24780 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24782 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24783 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24785 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24787 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24788 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24789 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24791 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24792 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24793 in ROT13.
24795 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24797 \(fn)" t nil)
24799 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24800 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24802 \(fn)" t nil)
24804 ;;;***
24806 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24807 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
24808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24809 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24811 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24812 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24813 \\<rst-mode-map>
24814 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24815 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24816 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24817 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24818 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24820 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24821 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24822 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24823 font-locking of blocks.
24825 \\{rst-mode-map}
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24829 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24830 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24835 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24836 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24837 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24841 ;;;***
24843 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24844 ;;;;;; (20330 53092))
24845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24847 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24848 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24849 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24850 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24851 nesting into account.
24853 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24855 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24857 \(fn)" t nil)
24859 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24861 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24863 ;;;***
24865 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20309
24866 ;;;;;; 60936))
24867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24869 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24870 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24871 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24873 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24874 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24876 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24877 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24881 ;;;***
24883 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20309
24884 ;;;;;; 60936))
24885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24887 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24888 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24889 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24890 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24892 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24894 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24895 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24896 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24898 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24899 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24900 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24902 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24903 notation.
24905 STRING
24906 matches string STRING literally.
24908 CHAR
24909 matches character CHAR literally.
24911 `not-newline', `nonl'
24912 matches any character except a newline.
24914 `anything'
24915 matches any character
24917 `(any SET ...)'
24918 `(in SET ...)'
24919 `(char SET ...)'
24920 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24921 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24922 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24924 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24925 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24926 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24927 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24929 `(not (any SET ...))'
24930 matches any character not in SET ...
24932 `line-start', `bol'
24933 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24934 in the text being matched
24936 `line-end', `eol'
24937 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24939 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24940 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24941 string being matched against.
24943 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24944 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24945 string being matched against.
24947 `buffer-start'
24948 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24949 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24951 `buffer-end'
24952 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24953 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24955 `point'
24956 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24958 `word-start', `bow'
24959 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24961 `word-end', `eow'
24962 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24964 `word-boundary'
24965 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24966 word.
24968 `(not word-boundary)'
24969 `not-word-boundary'
24970 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24971 word.
24973 `symbol-start'
24974 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24976 `symbol-end'
24977 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24979 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24980 matches 0 through 9.
24982 `control', `cntrl'
24983 matches ASCII control characters.
24985 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24986 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24988 `blank'
24989 matches space and tab only.
24991 `graphic', `graph'
24992 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24993 space, and DEL.
24995 `printing', `print'
24996 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24997 and DEL.
24999 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
25000 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25001 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25003 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
25004 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25005 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25007 `ascii'
25008 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
25010 `nonascii'
25011 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
25013 `lower', `lower-case'
25014 matches anything lower-case.
25016 `upper', `upper-case'
25017 matches anything upper-case.
25019 `punctuation', `punct'
25020 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25021 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
25023 `space', `whitespace', `white'
25024 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
25026 `word', `wordchar'
25027 matches anything that has word syntax.
25029 `not-wordchar'
25030 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
25032 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
25033 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
25034 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
25035 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
25037 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
25038 `punctuation' (\\s.)
25039 `word' (\\sw)
25040 `symbol' (\\s_)
25041 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
25042 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
25043 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
25044 `string-quote' (\\s\")
25045 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
25046 `escape' (\\s\\)
25047 `character-quote' (\\s/)
25048 `comment-start' (\\s<)
25049 `comment-end' (\\s>)
25050 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
25051 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
25053 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
25054 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
25056 `(category CATEGORY)'
25057 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
25058 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
25060 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
25061 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
25062 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
25063 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
25064 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
25065 `symbol' (\\c5)
25066 `digit' (\\c6)
25067 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25068 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
25069 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
25070 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
25071 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
25072 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
25073 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
25074 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
25075 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
25076 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
25077 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
25078 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
25079 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
25080 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
25081 `ascii' (\\ca)
25082 `arabic' (\\cb)
25083 `chinese' (\\cc)
25084 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
25085 `greek' (\\cg)
25086 `korean' (\\ch)
25087 `indian' (\\ci)
25088 `japanese' (\\cj)
25089 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
25090 `latin' (\\cl)
25091 `lao' (\\co)
25092 `tibetan' (\\cq)
25093 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
25094 `thai' (\\ct)
25095 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25096 `hebrew' (\\cw)
25097 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
25098 `can-break' (\\c|)
25100 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25101 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25103 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25104 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25105 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25106 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25107 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25109 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25110 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25111 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25112 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25114 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25115 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25116 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25117 group number N.
25119 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25120 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25121 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25122 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25123 regular expression.
25125 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25126 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25127 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25128 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25129 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25131 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25132 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25134 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25135 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25137 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25138 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
25139 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25141 `(* SEXP ...)'
25142 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25143 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25145 `(*? SEXP ...)'
25146 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25147 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25149 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25150 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
25151 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25153 `(+ SEXP ...)'
25154 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25156 `(+? SEXP ...)'
25157 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25159 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25160 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25161 `(opt SEXP ...)'
25162 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25164 `(? SEXP ...)'
25165 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25167 `(?? SEXP ...)'
25168 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25170 `(repeat N SEXP)'
25171 `(= N SEXP ...)'
25172 matches N occurrences.
25174 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
25175 matches N or more occurrences.
25177 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25178 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25179 matches N to M occurrences.
25181 `(backref N)'
25182 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25184 `(eval FORM)'
25185 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25186 `regexp-quote' it.
25188 `(regexp REGEXP)'
25189 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25191 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
25193 ;;;***
25195 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20314
25196 ;;;;;; 46279))
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25199 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25200 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25201 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25204 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25206 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25208 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25209 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25214 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25215 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25216 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25217 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25219 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25220 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25221 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25225 ;;;***
25227 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25228 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25231 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25232 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25233 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25235 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25236 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25237 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25238 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25239 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25240 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25241 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25242 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25244 Commands:
25245 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25246 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25247 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25248 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25249 if that value is non-nil.
25251 \(fn)" t nil)
25253 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25254 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25255 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25257 Commands:
25258 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25259 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25260 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25261 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25262 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25263 that variable's value is a string.
25265 \(fn)" t nil)
25267 ;;;***
25269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25270 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25273 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25274 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25275 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25277 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25279 \(fn)" t nil)
25281 ;;;***
25283 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25284 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25285 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25287 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25288 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25289 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25291 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25292 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25294 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25296 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25297 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25298 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25299 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25300 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25302 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25303 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25307 ;;;***
25309 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25310 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25311 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25313 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25314 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25316 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25317 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25318 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25319 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25320 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25324 ;;;***
25326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20309 60936))
25327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25328 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25329 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25331 ;;;***
25333 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25334 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20309 60936))
25335 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25337 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25338 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25339 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25341 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25342 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25343 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25344 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25345 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25346 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25347 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25348 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25349 keybinding for tag names.")
25351 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25353 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25354 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25355 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25358 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25360 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25362 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25363 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25365 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25366 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25368 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25369 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25370 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25371 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25372 Semantic mode.
25374 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25378 ;;;***
25380 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25381 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25382 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25383 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25384 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25385 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25386 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25387 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25388 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20320 14810))
25389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25391 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25392 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25394 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25395 king@grassland.com
25396 If `parens', they look like:
25397 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25398 If `angles', they look like:
25399 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25401 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25402 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25404 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25406 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25407 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25408 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25409 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25411 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25412 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25413 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25414 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25416 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25418 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25419 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25420 This is done when the message is initialized,
25421 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25423 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25425 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25426 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25427 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25429 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25431 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25432 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25433 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25434 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25435 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25436 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25437 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25439 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25441 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25442 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25444 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25446 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25447 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25448 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25449 be a Babyl file.")
25451 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25453 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25454 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25455 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25456 when you first send mail.")
25458 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25460 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25461 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25462 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25463 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25464 This file need not actually exist.")
25466 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25468 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25469 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25471 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25473 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25474 Alist of mail address aliases,
25475 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25476 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25477 can specify a different file name.)
25478 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25479 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25481 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25482 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25483 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25485 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25487 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25488 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25489 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25491 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25493 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25494 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25495 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25496 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25497 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25498 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25499 in the cited portion of the message.
25501 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25502 instead of no action.")
25504 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25506 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25507 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25508 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25509 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25510 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25512 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25514 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25515 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25516 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25517 If a string, that string is inserted.
25518 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25519 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25520 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25521 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25523 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25525 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25526 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25528 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25530 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25531 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25532 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25534 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25535 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25537 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25539 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25540 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25541 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25542 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25544 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25546 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25547 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25548 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25550 \(fn)" nil nil)
25552 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25554 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25557 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25559 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25560 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25561 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25563 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25564 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25566 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25567 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25568 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25569 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25570 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25571 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25572 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25573 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25574 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25575 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25576 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25577 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25578 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25579 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25581 \(fn)" t nil)
25583 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25584 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25585 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25586 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25588 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25590 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25591 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25592 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25593 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25594 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25595 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25597 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25598 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25599 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25601 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25602 User should not set this variable manually,
25603 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25604 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25605 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25607 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25608 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25609 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25610 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25612 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25613 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25615 \\<mail-mode-map>
25616 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25618 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25619 to move to message header fields:
25620 \\{mail-mode-map}
25622 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25623 when the message is initialized.
25625 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25626 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25628 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25629 is inserted.
25631 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25632 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25634 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25635 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25636 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25637 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25638 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25639 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25640 buffer without erasing the contents.
25642 The second through fifth arguments,
25643 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25644 the initial contents of those header fields.
25645 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25646 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25647 original message being replied to, or else an action
25648 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25649 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25650 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25651 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25652 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25653 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25655 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25657 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25658 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25660 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25663 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25665 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25667 ;;;***
25669 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25670 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20341
25671 ;;;;;; 60214))
25672 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25674 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25676 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25678 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25680 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25681 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25682 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25683 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25684 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25685 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25687 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25688 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25690 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25691 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25692 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25694 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25695 \\[server-start].
25697 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25699 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25700 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25701 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25702 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25704 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25706 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25707 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25708 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25710 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25711 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25713 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25715 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25716 Toggle Server mode.
25717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25718 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25719 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25721 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25722 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25723 `server-start' for details.
25725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25727 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25728 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25729 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25731 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25732 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25734 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25736 ;;;***
25738 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20309 60936))
25739 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25741 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25742 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25743 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25745 Key definitions:
25746 \\{ses-mode-map}
25747 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25748 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25749 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25750 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25752 \(fn)" t nil)
25754 ;;;***
25756 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25757 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25758 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25760 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25761 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25762 Makes > match <.
25763 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25764 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25766 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25767 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25768 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25770 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25771 in your `.emacs' file.
25773 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25775 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25776 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25777 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25779 \(fn)" t nil)
25781 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25782 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25783 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25784 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25785 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25786 which this is based.
25788 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25790 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25791 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25792 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25793 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25795 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25796 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25797 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25799 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25800 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25801 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25802 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25804 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25805 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25806 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25807 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25809 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25811 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25812 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25813 To work around that, do:
25814 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25816 \\{html-mode-map}
25818 \(fn)" t nil)
25820 ;;;***
25822 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25823 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25825 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25827 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25828 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25829 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25830 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25831 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25832 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25834 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25835 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25836 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25837 shell-specific features.
25839 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25840 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25841 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25842 \\<sh-mode-map>
25843 \\[sh-case] case statement
25844 \\[sh-for] for loop
25845 \\[sh-function] function definition
25846 \\[sh-if] if statement
25847 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25848 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25849 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25850 \\[sh-select] select loop
25851 \\[sh-until] until loop
25852 \\[sh-while] while loop
25854 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25855 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25856 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25857 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25858 would indent to the way it currently is.
25859 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25860 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25863 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25864 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25865 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25866 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25867 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25868 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25870 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25871 {, (, [, ', \", `
25872 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25874 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25875 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25876 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25878 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25879 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25883 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25885 ;;;***
25887 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25888 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
25889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25891 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25892 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25894 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25895 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25896 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25898 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25899 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25900 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25901 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25902 the earlier.
25904 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25906 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25908 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25909 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25910 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25912 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25913 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25915 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25916 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25917 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25918 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25919 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25920 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25921 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25922 Emacs version).
25924 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25925 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25926 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25927 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25928 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25930 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25931 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25933 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25935 ;;;***
25937 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25938 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20309
25939 ;;;;;; 60936))
25940 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25942 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25943 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25944 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25945 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25946 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25947 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25948 sites in the cluster.
25950 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25952 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25953 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25954 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25955 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25956 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25958 \(fn)" t nil)
25960 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25961 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25962 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25963 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25964 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25965 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25966 `shadow-define-cluster').
25968 \(fn)" t nil)
25970 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25971 Set up file shadowing.
25973 \(fn)" t nil)
25975 ;;;***
25977 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25978 ;;;;;; (20321 41252))
25979 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25981 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25982 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25983 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25984 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25985 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25986 arguments.")
25988 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25990 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25991 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25992 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25993 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25994 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25996 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25997 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25998 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25999 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
26000 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
26001 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
26002 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
26003 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
26004 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
26005 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
26006 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
26008 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26009 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26010 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26011 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
26012 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26013 `default-process-coding-system'.
26015 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
26016 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
26017 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
26018 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
26020 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
26022 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26024 ;;;***
26026 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20327
26027 ;;;;;; 64029))
26028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
26030 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
26031 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
26032 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
26033 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
26035 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
26037 ;;;***
26039 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
26040 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20309 60936))
26041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
26043 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
26046 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
26048 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
26051 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26053 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
26056 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26058 ;;;***
26060 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26061 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
26062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26064 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26065 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26066 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
26067 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26068 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26070 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26072 \(fn)" t nil)
26074 ;;;***
26076 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20309
26077 ;;;;;; 60936))
26078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26080 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26081 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26082 \\{simula-mode-map}
26083 Variables controlling indentation style:
26084 `simula-tab-always-indent'
26085 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26086 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26087 `simula-indent-level'
26088 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26089 `simula-substatement-offset'
26090 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26091 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26092 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26093 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26094 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26095 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26096 `simula-label-offset' -4711
26097 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26098 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26099 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26100 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26101 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26102 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26103 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26104 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26105 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26106 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26107 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26108 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26109 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26110 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26111 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26112 or nil if they should not be changed.
26113 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26114 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26115 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26116 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26118 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26119 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26121 \(fn)" t nil)
26123 ;;;***
26125 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26126 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20309 60936))
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26129 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26130 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26132 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26133 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26134 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26135 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26137 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
26139 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26140 Insert SKELETON.
26141 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26142 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26143 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26144 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26145 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26147 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26148 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26150 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26152 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26153 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26155 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26156 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26157 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26158 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26160 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26161 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26162 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26163 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26165 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26166 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26167 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26169 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26170 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26172 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26173 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26175 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26176 _ interesting point, interregion here
26177 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26178 interesting point set by _
26179 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26180 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26181 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26182 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26183 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26184 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26185 nil skipped
26187 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26188 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26190 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26191 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26192 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26193 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26194 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26195 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26196 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26197 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26199 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26200 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26201 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26202 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26203 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26204 available:
26206 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26207 then: insert previously read string once more
26208 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26209 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26210 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26212 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26213 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26215 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26217 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26218 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26220 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26221 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26222 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26223 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26224 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26225 such as backslash.
26227 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26228 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26229 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26231 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26233 ;;;***
26235 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26236 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20309 60936))
26237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26239 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26240 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26241 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26242 buffer names.
26244 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26246 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26247 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26249 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26250 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26251 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26255 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26256 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26257 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26259 \(fn)" t nil)
26261 ;;;***
26263 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26264 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
26265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26267 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26268 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26269 A list of images is returned.
26271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26274 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26275 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26277 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26279 ;;;***
26281 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26282 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20314 46279))
26283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26285 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26288 \(fn)" nil nil)
26290 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26291 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26293 \(fn)" t nil)
26295 ;;;***
26297 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20309 60936))
26298 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26300 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26301 Play the Snake game.
26302 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26304 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26306 Snake mode keybindings:
26307 \\<snake-mode-map>
26308 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26309 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26310 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26311 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26312 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26313 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26314 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26316 \(fn)" t nil)
26318 ;;;***
26320 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26321 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
26322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26324 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26325 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26326 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26327 Tab indents for C code.
26328 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26329 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26330 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26331 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26332 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26334 \(fn)" t nil)
26336 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26337 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26338 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26339 Tab indents for C code.
26340 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26341 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26342 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26343 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26344 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26346 \(fn)" t nil)
26348 ;;;***
26350 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20309
26351 ;;;;;; 60936))
26352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26354 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26355 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26356 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26357 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26358 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26360 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26364 ;;;***
26366 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20309
26367 ;;;;;; 60936))
26368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26370 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26371 Play Solitaire.
26373 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26374 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26375 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26376 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26377 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26378 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26379 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26380 check after each move or undo.)
26382 What is Solitaire?
26384 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26385 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26386 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26388 Le Solitaire
26389 ============
26391 o o o
26393 o o o
26395 o o o o o o o
26397 o o o . o o o
26399 o o o o o o o
26401 o o o
26403 o o o
26405 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26406 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26407 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26408 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26410 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26411 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26412 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26413 this: o o .
26415 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26416 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26418 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26420 o o o
26422 . o o
26424 o o . o o o o
26426 o . o o o o o
26428 o o o o o o o
26430 o o o
26432 o o o
26434 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26436 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26438 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26440 ;;;***
26442 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26443 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26444 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20320 14810))
26445 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26446 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26448 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26449 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26451 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26452 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26453 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26454 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26455 contiguous.
26457 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26458 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26459 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26460 the sort order.
26462 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26463 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26465 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26466 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26467 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26468 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26469 is called.
26471 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26472 It should move point to the end of the record.
26474 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26475 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26476 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26477 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26478 starts at the beginning of the record.
26480 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26481 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26482 same as ENDRECFUN.
26484 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26485 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26487 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26489 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26490 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26491 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26492 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26493 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26494 the sort order.
26496 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26498 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26499 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26500 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26501 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26502 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26503 the sort order.
26505 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26507 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26508 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26509 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26510 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26511 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26512 the sort order.
26514 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26515 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26517 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26518 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26519 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26520 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26521 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26522 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26523 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26524 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26525 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26527 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26529 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26530 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26531 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26532 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26533 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26534 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26535 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26536 the sort order.
26538 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26540 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26541 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26542 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26543 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26544 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26545 is to be used for sorting.
26546 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26547 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26548 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26549 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26550 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26552 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26554 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26555 the sort order.
26557 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26558 starting with the letter \"f\",
26559 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26561 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26563 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26564 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26565 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26566 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26567 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26568 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26569 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26570 the sort order.
26572 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26573 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26574 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26575 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26576 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26578 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26580 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26581 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26582 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26584 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26586 ;;;***
26588 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20309
26589 ;;;;;; 60936))
26590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26592 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26593 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26594 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26595 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26596 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26597 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26599 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26601 ;;;***
26603 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26604 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26605 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20309 60936))
26606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26608 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26609 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26611 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26612 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26613 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26615 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26617 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26618 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26619 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26620 server.
26622 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26624 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26625 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26626 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26628 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26630 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26631 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26632 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26633 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26634 Agent is plugged.
26636 \(fn)" t nil)
26638 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26639 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26640 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26641 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26643 \(fn)" t nil)
26645 ;;;***
26647 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26648 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20315 2375))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26651 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26653 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26654 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26655 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26656 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26657 supported at a time.
26658 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26659 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26663 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26664 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26665 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26666 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26668 \(fn)" t nil)
26670 ;;;***
26672 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20309
26673 ;;;;;; 60936))
26674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26676 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26677 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26679 \(fn)" t nil)
26681 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26682 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26684 \(fn)" nil nil)
26686 ;;;***
26688 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26689 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26690 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26691 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26692 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
26693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26695 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26696 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26698 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26699 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26700 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26701 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26702 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26703 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26704 of the current highlighting list.
26706 For example:
26708 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26709 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26711 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26712 `_t' as data types.
26714 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26716 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26717 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26719 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26720 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26722 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26724 \\\\FREE
26726 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26728 \\\\NONFREE
26730 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26732 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26733 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26735 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26736 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26737 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26738 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26740 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26741 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26742 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26743 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26745 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26746 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26747 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26749 \(fn)" t nil)
26751 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26752 Major mode to edit SQL.
26754 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26755 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26756 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26758 \\{sql-mode-map}
26759 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26761 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26762 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26763 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26764 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26765 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26766 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26768 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26769 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26771 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26772 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26773 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26775 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26776 (lambda ()
26777 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26779 \(fn)" t nil)
26781 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26782 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26784 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26785 their settings.
26787 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26788 is specified in the connection settings.
26790 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26792 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26793 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26795 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26796 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26798 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26799 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26800 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26801 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26803 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26805 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26807 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26808 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26810 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26811 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26812 `*SQL*'.
26814 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26815 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26816 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26817 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26819 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26820 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26822 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26823 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26824 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26825 buffer.
26827 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26828 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26829 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26830 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26831 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26832 `default-process-coding-system'.
26834 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26836 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26838 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26839 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26841 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26842 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26843 `*SQL*'.
26845 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26846 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26847 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26848 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26850 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26853 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26854 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26855 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26856 buffer.
26858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26860 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26863 `default-process-coding-system'.
26865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26869 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26870 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26874 `*SQL*'.
26876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26877 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26879 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26880 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26882 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26883 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26884 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26885 buffer.
26887 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26888 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26889 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26890 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26891 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26892 `default-process-coding-system'.
26894 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26896 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26898 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26899 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26901 SQLite is free software.
26903 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26904 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26905 `*SQL*'.
26907 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26908 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26909 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26910 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26912 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26913 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26915 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26916 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26917 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26918 buffer.
26920 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26921 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26922 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26923 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26924 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26925 `default-process-coding-system'.
26927 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26929 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26931 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26932 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26934 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26936 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26937 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26938 `*SQL*'.
26940 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26941 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26942 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26943 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26945 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26946 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26948 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26949 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26950 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26951 buffer.
26953 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26954 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26955 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26956 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26957 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26958 `default-process-coding-system'.
26960 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26962 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26964 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26965 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26967 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26968 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26969 `*SQL*'.
26971 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26972 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26973 defaults, if set.
26975 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26976 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26978 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26979 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26980 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26981 buffer.
26983 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26984 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26985 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26986 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26987 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26988 `default-process-coding-system'.
26990 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26992 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26994 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26995 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26997 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26998 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26999 `*SQL*'.
27001 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
27002 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
27004 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27005 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27007 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27008 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
27009 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27010 buffer.
27012 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27013 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27014 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27015 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27016 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27017 `default-process-coding-system'.
27019 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27021 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27023 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
27024 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
27026 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27027 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27028 `*SQL*'.
27030 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
27031 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
27032 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
27033 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
27035 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27036 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27038 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27039 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
27040 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27041 buffer.
27043 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27044 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27045 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27046 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27047 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27048 `default-process-coding-system'.
27050 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27054 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27055 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27059 `*SQL*'.
27061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
27062 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27063 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27064 `sql-postgres-options'.
27066 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27067 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27069 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27070 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
27071 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27072 buffer.
27074 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27075 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27076 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27077 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27078 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27079 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
27080 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
27081 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27083 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27084 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27086 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27088 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27090 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27091 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27093 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27094 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27095 `*SQL*'.
27097 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
27098 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27099 defaults, if set.
27101 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27102 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27104 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27105 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27106 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27107 buffer.
27109 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27110 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27111 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27112 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27113 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27114 `default-process-coding-system'.
27116 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27118 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27120 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27121 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27123 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27124 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27125 `*SQL*'.
27127 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27128 automatic login.
27130 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27131 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27133 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27134 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27135 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27136 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27138 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27139 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27140 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27141 buffer.
27143 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27144 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27145 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27146 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27147 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27148 `default-process-coding-system'.
27150 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27152 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27154 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27155 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27157 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27158 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27159 `*SQL*'.
27161 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27162 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27163 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27164 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27165 parameters.
27167 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27168 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27169 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27170 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27171 an empty password.
27173 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27174 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27176 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27177 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27178 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27179 buffer.
27181 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27183 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27185 ;;;***
27187 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27188 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
27189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27191 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27192 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27194 \(fn)" t nil)
27196 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27198 ;;;***
27200 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27201 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
27202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27204 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27205 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27206 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27207 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27208 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27209 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27210 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27211 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27212 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27213 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27214 with any buffer
27215 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27216 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27217 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27218 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27220 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27222 ;;;***
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27225 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27226 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27227 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27228 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20309
27229 ;;;;;; 60936))
27230 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27232 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27233 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27234 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27235 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27236 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27237 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27239 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27241 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27243 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27244 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27245 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27246 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27247 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27248 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27249 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27251 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27253 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27254 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27255 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27256 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27257 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27258 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27259 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27261 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27263 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27264 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27265 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27267 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27269 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27270 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27271 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27273 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27275 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27276 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27278 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27280 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27281 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27283 \(fn)" t nil)
27285 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27286 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27288 \(fn)" t nil)
27290 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27291 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27292 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27293 chronologically by command name.
27294 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27296 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27298 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27299 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27300 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27303 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27305 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27307 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27308 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27313 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27314 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27315 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27316 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27317 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27319 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27320 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27321 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27322 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27324 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27328 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27329 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27330 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27331 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27333 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27335 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27336 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27338 \(fn)" t nil)
27340 ;;;***
27342 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27343 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20309 60936))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27346 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27347 Studlify-case the region.
27349 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27351 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27352 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27354 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27356 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27357 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27359 \(fn)" t nil)
27361 ;;;***
27363 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27364 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
27365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27367 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27368 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27370 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27371 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27373 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27374 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27375 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27376 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27378 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27379 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27380 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27382 Nomenclature Subwords
27383 ===========================================================
27384 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27385 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27386 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27388 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27389 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27390 as words.
27392 \\{subword-mode-map}
27394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27396 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27397 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27398 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27400 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27401 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27403 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27405 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27406 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27407 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27408 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27409 ARG is omitted or nil.
27411 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27412 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27413 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27417 ;;;***
27419 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27420 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
27421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27423 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27424 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27425 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27426 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27427 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27428 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27429 original message but it does require a few things:
27431 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27433 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27434 reply buffer.
27436 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27437 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27438 original message.
27440 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27442 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27444 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27445 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27446 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27448 \(fn)" nil nil)
27450 ;;;***
27452 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20309
27453 ;;;;;; 60936))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27456 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27458 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27459 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27460 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27463 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27465 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27467 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27468 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27470 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27471 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27473 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27474 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27475 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27479 ;;;***
27481 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20309 60936))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27484 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27485 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27486 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27487 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27488 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27490 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27492 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27493 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27494 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27495 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27496 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27497 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27498 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27502 ;;;***
27504 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27505 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27506 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27507 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27508 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27509 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27510 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27511 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27512 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27513 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27514 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27515 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27516 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20309 60936))
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27519 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27520 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27521 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27523 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27525 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27526 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27528 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27530 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27531 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27533 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27535 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27536 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27538 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27540 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27541 Insert an editable text table.
27542 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27543 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27544 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27545 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27546 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27547 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27548 delimiting them.
27550 Examples:
27552 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27554 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27555 location of point.
27559 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27560 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27561 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27562 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27563 first cell.
27565 +-----+-----+-----+
27566 |-!- | | |
27567 +-----+-----+-----+
27569 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27571 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27572 width, which results as
27574 +--------------+-----+-----+
27575 |-!- | | |
27576 +--------------+-----+-----+
27578 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27579 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27582 | | |-!- |
27583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27585 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27586 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27587 width information to `table-insert'.
27589 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27591 instead of
27593 Cell width(s): 5
27595 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27596 work all together.
27598 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27599 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27601 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27602 |-!- | | |
27603 | | | |
27604 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27606 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27608 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27609 |-!- | | |
27610 | | | |
27611 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27612 | | | |
27613 | | | |
27614 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27616 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27619 | | | |
27620 | | | |
27621 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27622 | | | |
27623 | | | |
27624 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27627 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27628 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27629 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27631 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27632 | | | |
27633 | | | |
27634 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27635 | | | |
27636 | | | |
27637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27638 |-!- | | |
27639 | | | |
27640 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27642 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27643 results.
27645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27646 | | | |
27647 | | | |
27648 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27649 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27650 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27651 | | |expected results.-!- |
27652 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27653 | | | |
27654 | | | |
27655 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27657 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27659 \\{table-cell-map}
27661 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27663 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27664 Insert N table row(s).
27665 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27666 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27667 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27668 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27670 \(fn N)" t nil)
27672 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27673 Insert N table column(s).
27674 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27675 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27676 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27677 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27679 \(fn N)" t nil)
27681 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27682 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27683 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27685 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27687 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27688 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27689 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27690 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27691 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27692 all the table specific features.
27694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27696 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27699 \(fn)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27702 Recognize all tables within region.
27703 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27704 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27705 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27706 specific features.
27708 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27710 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27713 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27715 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27716 Recognize a table at point.
27717 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27718 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27719 the table specific features.
27721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27723 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27726 \(fn)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27729 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27730 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27731 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27732 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27733 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27734 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27736 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27738 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27741 \(fn)" t nil)
27743 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27744 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27745 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27746 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27747 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27748 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27749 specified.
27751 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27753 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27754 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27755 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27756 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27757 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27758 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27759 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27760 table structure.
27762 \(fn N)" t nil)
27764 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27765 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27766 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27767 table's rectangle structure.
27769 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27771 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27772 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27773 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27774 table's rectangle structure.
27776 \(fn N)" t nil)
27778 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27779 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27780 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27781 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27782 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27784 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27786 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27787 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27788 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27790 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27791 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27792 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27793 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27794 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27795 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27796 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27798 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27799 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27800 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27801 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27802 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27803 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27804 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27806 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27807 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27808 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27809 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27810 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27811 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27812 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27813 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27815 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27817 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27818 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27819 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27820 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27824 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27825 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27826 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27828 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27830 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27831 Split current cell vertically.
27832 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27834 \(fn)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27837 Split current cell horizontally.
27838 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27840 \(fn)" t nil)
27842 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27843 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27844 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27846 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27848 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27849 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27850 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27851 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27853 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27855 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27856 Justify cell contents.
27857 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27858 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27859 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27860 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27862 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27864 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27865 Justify cells of a row.
27866 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27867 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27869 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27872 Justify cells of a column.
27873 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27874 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27876 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27878 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27879 Toggle fixing width mode.
27880 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27881 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27882 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27886 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27887 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27888 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27889 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27890 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27891 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27892 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27893 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27894 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27895 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27896 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27898 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27900 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27901 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27902 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27903 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27904 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27905 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27906 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27907 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27908 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27909 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27910 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27911 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27912 untouched.
27914 References used for this implementation:
27916 HTML:
27917 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27919 LaTeX:
27920 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27922 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27923 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27924 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27926 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27928 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27929 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27930 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27931 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27932 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27933 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27934 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27935 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27936 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27937 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27938 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27939 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27940 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27941 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27942 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27943 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27944 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27946 Example:
27948 (progn
27949 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27950 (table-forward-cell 15)
27951 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27952 (table-forward-cell 16)
27953 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27954 (table-forward-cell 1)
27955 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27957 (progn
27958 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27959 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27960 (table-forward-cell 1)
27961 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27963 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27965 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27966 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27967 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27968 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27969 consists from cells of same height.
27971 \(fn N)" t nil)
27973 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27974 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27975 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27976 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27977 column must consists from cells of same width.
27979 \(fn N)" t nil)
27981 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27982 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27983 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27984 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27985 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27986 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27987 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27988 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27989 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27990 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27991 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27992 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27993 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27994 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27995 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27998 Example 1:
28000 1, 2, 3, 4
28001 5, 6, 7, 8
28002 , 9, 10
28004 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
28005 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
28006 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
28007 specified as 5.
28009 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28010 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
28011 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28012 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
28013 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28014 | | 9 | 10 | |
28015 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28017 Note:
28019 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
28020 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
28021 of each row is optional.
28024 Example 2:
28026 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
28027 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
28028 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
28029 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
28030 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
28032 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
28033 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
28035 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
28036 expression and raw delimiter regular
28037 expression, it parses the specified text
28038 area and extracts cell items from
28039 non-table text and then forms a table out
28040 of them.
28042 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
28043 creates a single cell table. The text in
28044 the specified region is placed in that
28045 cell.-*-
28047 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
28048 like this.
28050 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28051 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28052 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28054 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
28055 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
28056 | expression, it parses the specified text |
28057 | area and extracts cell items from |
28058 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
28059 | of them. |
28061 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
28062 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
28063 | the specified region is placed in that |
28064 | cell. |
28065 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28067 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28068 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
28069 independently.
28071 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28072 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28073 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28074 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28075 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
28076 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
28077 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
28078 | |area and extracts cell items from |
28079 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
28080 | |of them. |
28081 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28082 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
28083 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
28084 | |the specified region is placed in that |
28085 | |cell. |
28086 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28088 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28089 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
28090 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28092 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28094 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28095 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28096 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
28097 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
28098 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28100 \(fn)" t nil)
28102 ;;;***
28104 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
28105 ;;;;;; (20328 25588))
28106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
28108 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
28109 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
28110 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
28111 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
28113 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
28114 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
28115 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
28116 to their column values.
28118 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
28120 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
28121 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
28122 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
28123 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
28124 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
28125 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
28126 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
28127 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
28129 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
28130 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
28131 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
28132 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
28133 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
28134 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
28136 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
28137 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
28138 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
28139 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
28140 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
28141 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
28143 \(fn)" t nil)
28145 ;;;***
28147 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20309 60936))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28150 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28151 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28153 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28155 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28156 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28158 \(fn)" t nil)
28160 ;;;***
28162 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20324 28875))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28165 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28166 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28171 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28173 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28174 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28175 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28176 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28178 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28179 \\{tar-mode-map}
28181 \(fn)" t nil)
28183 ;;;***
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28186 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20309 60936))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28189 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28190 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28191 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28192 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28193 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28194 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28196 Variables controlling indentation style:
28197 `tcl-indent-level'
28198 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28199 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28200 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28202 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28203 documentation for details):
28204 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28205 Controls action of TAB key.
28206 `tcl-auto-newline'
28207 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28208 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28209 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28210 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28211 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28213 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28214 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28215 already exist.
28217 \(fn)" t nil)
28219 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28220 Run inferior Tcl process.
28221 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28222 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28224 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
28226 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28227 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28228 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28230 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28232 ;;;***
28234 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20309 60936))
28235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28237 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28238 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28239 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28240 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28242 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28243 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28244 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28245 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28246 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28248 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28250 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28251 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28252 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28253 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28255 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28257 ;;;***
28259 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28260 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28263 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28264 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28265 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28266 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28267 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28268 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28270 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28272 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28273 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28274 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28275 commands to use in that buffer.
28277 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28279 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28281 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28282 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28284 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28286 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28287 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28288 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28289 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28290 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28291 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28292 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28293 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28294 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28295 use in that buffer.
28296 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28298 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28300 ;;;***
28302 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20309
28303 ;;;;;; 60936))
28304 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28306 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28307 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28308 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28309 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28310 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28311 program as keyboard input.
28313 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28314 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28315 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28316 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28318 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28319 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28320 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28321 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28322 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28324 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28326 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28327 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28328 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28329 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28331 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28332 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28333 subprocess started.
28335 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28337 ;;;***
28339 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28340 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
28341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28343 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28344 Start coverage on function under point.
28346 \(fn)" t nil)
28348 ;;;***
28350 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20309 60936))
28351 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28353 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28354 Play the Tetris game.
28355 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28356 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28357 as to form complete rows.
28359 tetris-mode keybindings:
28360 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28361 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28362 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28363 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28364 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28365 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28366 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28367 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28368 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28370 \(fn)" t nil)
28372 ;;;***
28374 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28375 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28376 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28377 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28378 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28379 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28380 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28381 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
28382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28384 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28385 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28387 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28389 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28390 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28391 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28392 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28393 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28395 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28397 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28398 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28399 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28400 if it matches the first line of the file,
28401 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28403 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28405 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28406 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28407 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28408 if the variable is non-nil.")
28410 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28412 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28413 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28415 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28417 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28418 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28419 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28420 See the documentation of that variable.")
28422 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28424 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28425 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28426 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28427 See the documentation of that variable.")
28429 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28431 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28432 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28433 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28434 See the documentation of that variable.")
28436 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28438 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28439 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28440 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28441 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28442 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28444 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28446 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28447 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28448 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28449 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28451 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28453 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28454 User defined LaTeX block names.
28455 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28457 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28459 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28460 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28461 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28462 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28464 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28466 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28467 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28468 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28469 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28471 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28473 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28474 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28475 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28476 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28478 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28479 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28480 for example,
28482 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28483 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28485 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28486 use.")
28488 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28490 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28491 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28492 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28493 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28494 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28496 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28498 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28500 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28501 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28502 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28504 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28506 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28507 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28508 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28509 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28510 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28512 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28514 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28515 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28517 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28519 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28520 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28522 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28524 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28525 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28526 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28527 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28528 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28529 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28530 says which mode to use.
28532 \(fn)" t nil)
28534 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28536 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28538 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28540 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28541 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28542 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28543 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28544 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28546 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28547 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28548 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28549 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28550 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28551 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28552 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28554 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28555 mismatched $'s or braces.
28557 Special commands:
28558 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28560 Mode variables:
28561 tex-run-command
28562 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28563 tex-directory
28564 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28565 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28566 tex-dvi-print-command
28567 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28568 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28569 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28570 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28571 tex-dvi-view-command
28572 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28573 tex-show-queue-command
28574 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28575 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28577 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28578 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28579 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28581 \(fn)" t nil)
28583 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28584 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28585 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28586 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28587 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28589 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28590 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28591 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28592 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28593 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28594 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28595 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28597 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28598 mismatched $'s or braces.
28600 Special commands:
28601 \\{latex-mode-map}
28603 Mode variables:
28604 latex-run-command
28605 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28606 tex-directory
28607 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28608 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28609 tex-dvi-print-command
28610 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28611 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28612 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28613 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28614 tex-dvi-view-command
28615 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28616 tex-show-queue-command
28617 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28618 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28620 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28621 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28622 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28624 \(fn)" t nil)
28626 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28627 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28628 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28629 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28630 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28632 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28633 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28634 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28635 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28636 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28637 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28638 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28640 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28641 mismatched $'s or braces.
28643 Special commands:
28644 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28646 Mode variables:
28647 slitex-run-command
28648 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28649 tex-directory
28650 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28651 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28652 tex-dvi-print-command
28653 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28654 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28655 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28656 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28657 tex-dvi-view-command
28658 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28659 tex-show-queue-command
28660 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28661 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28663 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28664 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28665 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28666 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28668 \(fn)" t nil)
28670 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28673 \(fn)" nil nil)
28675 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28676 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28678 \(fn)" t nil)
28680 ;;;***
28682 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28683 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20309 60936))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28686 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28687 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28688 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28689 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28691 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28692 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28693 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28695 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28697 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28698 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28699 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28700 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28701 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28703 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28705 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28706 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28707 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28708 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28710 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28711 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28712 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28713 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28715 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28716 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28718 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28720 ;;;***
28722 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28723 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20309 60936))
28724 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28726 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28727 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28729 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28731 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28732 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28734 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28736 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28737 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28739 It has these extra commands:
28740 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28742 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28743 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28744 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28745 modified version of TeX input format.
28747 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28748 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28749 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28750 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28752 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28753 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28754 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28755 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28756 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28757 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28758 in the Texinfo file.
28760 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28761 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28762 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28763 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28764 move forward past the closing brace.
28766 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28767 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28769 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28770 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28771 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28773 Here are the functions:
28775 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28776 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28777 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28779 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28780 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28781 texinfo-master-menu
28783 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28785 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28786 which menu descriptions are indented.
28788 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28789 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28790 in the region.
28792 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28793 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28794 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28795 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28797 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28798 be the first node in the file.
28800 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28801 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28803 \(fn)" t nil)
28805 ;;;***
28807 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28808 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28809 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28812 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28813 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28814 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28815 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28817 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28819 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28820 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28822 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28824 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28825 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28827 \(fn)" t nil)
28829 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28832 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28834 ;;;***
28836 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28837 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28838 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20309 60936))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28841 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28842 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28843 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28844 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28845 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28846 `line', and `page'.
28848 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28851 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28852 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28853 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28854 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28855 `line', and `page'.
28857 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28858 valid THING.
28860 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28861 positions of the thing found.
28863 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28865 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28866 Return the THING at point.
28867 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28868 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28869 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28870 `line', and `page'.
28872 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28873 a symbol as a valid THING.
28875 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28877 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28878 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28880 \(fn)" nil nil)
28882 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28883 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28885 \(fn)" nil nil)
28887 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28888 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28890 \(fn)" nil nil)
28892 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28893 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28895 \(fn)" nil nil)
28897 ;;;***
28899 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28900 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28901 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
28902 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28904 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28905 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28907 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28909 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28910 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28911 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28912 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28914 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28916 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28917 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28919 \(fn)" t nil)
28921 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28922 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28924 \(fn)" t nil)
28926 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28928 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28929 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28931 \(fn)" t nil)
28933 ;;;***
28935 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28936 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28937 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28938 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28939 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20309
28940 ;;;;;; 60936))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28943 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28944 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28945 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28947 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28949 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28950 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28952 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28955 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28956 The returned string has no composition information.
28958 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28960 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28961 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28963 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28965 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28966 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28968 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28970 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28971 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28972 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28973 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28975 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28977 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28978 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28979 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28980 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28982 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28984 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28985 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28986 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28988 \(fn)" t nil)
28990 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28991 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28992 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28994 \(fn)" t nil)
28996 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28999 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29001 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29004 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
29009 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29011 ;;;***
29013 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
29014 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29015 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
29017 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
29018 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
29019 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29020 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29021 parameters.
29022 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29024 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
29026 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
29027 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
29028 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29029 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29030 parameters.
29031 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29033 \(fn)" t nil)
29035 ;;;***
29037 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
29038 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
29039 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20309 60936))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
29042 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
29043 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
29045 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
29046 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
29048 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
29049 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29050 This display updates automatically every minute.
29051 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
29052 are displayed as well.
29053 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29055 \(fn)" t nil)
29057 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
29058 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
29059 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29062 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
29064 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
29066 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
29067 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
29069 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29070 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
29072 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
29073 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
29074 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
29075 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
29076 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29080 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
29081 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
29082 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
29083 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
29085 \(fn)" t nil)
29087 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29088 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29089 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29090 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29092 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29094 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29095 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29097 \(fn)" t nil)
29099 ;;;***
29101 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29102 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29103 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29104 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29105 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29106 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29108 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29109 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29110 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29112 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29113 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29114 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29115 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29116 (progn
29117 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29118 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29119 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29121 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29122 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29124 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29126 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29127 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29129 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29131 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29132 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29134 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29136 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29137 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29138 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29140 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29142 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29144 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29145 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29146 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29148 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29150 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29151 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29153 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29155 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29156 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29157 DATE should be a date-time string.
29159 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29162 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29163 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29165 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29167 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29168 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29170 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29173 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29175 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29177 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29178 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29179 TIME should be a time value.
29180 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29182 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29184 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29185 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29186 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29188 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29191 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29192 The valid format specifiers are:
29193 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29194 %d is the number of days.
29195 %h is the number of hours.
29196 %m is the number of minutes.
29197 %s is the number of seconds.
29198 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29199 %% is a literal \"%\".
29201 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29202 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29204 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29205 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29206 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29208 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29209 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29210 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29212 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29214 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29216 ;;;***
29218 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29219 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20309 60936))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29221 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29222 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29223 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29224 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29225 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29226 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29227 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29228 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29230 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29231 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29232 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29233 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
29234 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29235 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29236 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29237 look like one of the following:
29238 Time-stamp: <>
29239 Time-stamp: \" \"
29240 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29241 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29242 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29243 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29244 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29245 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29246 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29247 the template.
29249 \(fn)" t nil)
29251 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29252 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29253 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29257 ;;;***
29259 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29260 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29261 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29262 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29263 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29266 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
29267 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
29268 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29269 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
29270 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29271 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29272 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
29273 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
29274 display (non-nil means on).
29276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29278 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29279 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29280 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29281 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29282 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29283 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29284 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29285 this function is called within a day.
29287 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29288 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29289 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29290 discover the name of the project.
29292 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29294 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29295 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29296 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29297 begun during the last time segment.
29299 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29300 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29301 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29302 discover the reason.
29304 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29306 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29307 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29308 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29309 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29310 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29312 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29315 Change to working on a different project.
29316 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29317 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29318 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29319 working on.
29321 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29323 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29324 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29325 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29327 \(fn)" nil nil)
29329 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29330 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29331 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29333 \(fn)" t nil)
29335 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29336 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29337 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29338 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29339 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29340 \"relative to today\".
29342 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29344 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29345 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29346 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29347 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29349 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29351 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29352 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29353 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29354 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29355 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29356 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29358 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29360 ;;;***
29362 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29363 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20309 60936))
29364 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29366 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29367 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29368 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29369 the generated Quail package is saved.
29371 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29373 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29374 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29375 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29376 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29377 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29378 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29379 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29381 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29383 ;;;***
29385 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29386 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20309 60936))
29387 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29388 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29389 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29391 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29392 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29393 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29394 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29395 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29397 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29399 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29400 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29401 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29402 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29403 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29405 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29407 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29408 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29409 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29410 in the menu in two ways:
29411 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29412 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29413 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29415 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29416 keymap or an alist of alists.
29417 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29418 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29420 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29422 ;;;***
29424 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29425 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29426 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20309 60936))
29427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29429 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29430 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29432 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29434 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29435 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29437 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29439 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29440 Insert new TODO list entry.
29441 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29442 category.
29444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29446 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29447 List top priorities for each category.
29449 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29450 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29452 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29453 between each category.
29454 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29456 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29458 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29459 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29460 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29461 between each category.
29463 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29465 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29467 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29468 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29470 \(fn)" t nil)
29472 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29473 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29475 \(fn)" nil nil)
29477 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29478 Show TODO list.
29480 \(fn)" t nil)
29482 ;;;***
29484 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29485 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29486 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20309 60936))
29487 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29489 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29490 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29491 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29495 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29496 Add an item to the tool bar.
29497 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29498 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29499 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29500 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29502 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29503 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29504 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29505 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29507 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29508 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29510 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29512 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29513 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29514 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29515 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29516 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29517 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29519 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29520 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29521 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29522 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29524 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29526 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29527 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29528 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29529 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29530 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29531 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29532 properties to add to the binding.
29534 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29536 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29537 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29539 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29541 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29542 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29543 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29544 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29545 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29546 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29547 properties to add to the binding.
29549 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29550 holds a keymap.
29552 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29554 ;;;***
29556 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29557 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29560 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29561 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29562 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29564 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29565 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29567 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29569 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29570 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29571 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29572 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29573 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29577 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29579 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29580 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29582 \(fn)" t nil)
29584 ;;;***
29586 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29587 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29590 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29591 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29593 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29594 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29595 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29596 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29597 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29599 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29600 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29601 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29602 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29603 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29605 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29606 (tpu-edt)
29608 Known Problems:
29610 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29611 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29612 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29613 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29614 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29615 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29617 \(fn)" t nil)
29619 ;;;***
29621 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20309 60936))
29622 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29624 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29625 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29626 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29627 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29628 to a tcp server on another machine.
29630 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29632 ;;;***
29634 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29635 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20309 60936))
29636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29638 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29639 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29641 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29643 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29644 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29645 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29646 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29647 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29648 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29649 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29650 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29652 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29654 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29655 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29656 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29657 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29658 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29659 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29660 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29661 the window or buffer configuration.
29663 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29665 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29667 ;;;***
29669 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29670 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29671 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29672 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20343 48993))
29673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29675 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29676 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29677 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29679 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29681 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29682 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29684 It can have the following values:
29686 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29687 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29688 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29690 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29692 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29693 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29694 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29695 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29697 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29699 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29700 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29701 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29702 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29704 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29705 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29706 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29708 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29709 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29710 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29711 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29712 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29713 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29714 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29715 files which are not really Tramp files.
29717 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29718 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29719 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29720 updated after changing this variable.
29722 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29724 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29725 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29726 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29727 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29729 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29731 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29732 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29733 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29734 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29736 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29737 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29738 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29740 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29741 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29742 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29744 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29745 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29746 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29747 updated after changing this variable.
29749 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29751 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29752 Alist of completion handler functions.
29753 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29754 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29755 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29757 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29758 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29759 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29760 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29762 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29763 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29764 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29765 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29767 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29768 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29769 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29771 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29773 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29774 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29775 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29777 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29778 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29780 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29782 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29785 \(fn)" nil nil)
29787 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29788 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29790 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29792 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29793 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29795 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29797 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29798 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29800 \(fn)" t nil)
29802 ;;;***
29804 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29805 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29808 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29811 \(fn)" nil nil)
29813 ;;;***
29815 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20341
29816 ;;;;;; 56798))
29817 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29819 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29820 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29821 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29822 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29823 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29824 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29825 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29826 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29828 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29829 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29830 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29832 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29833 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29834 resumed later.
29836 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29838 ;;;***
29840 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29841 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29844 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29847 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29849 ;;;***
29851 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29852 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20309 60936))
29853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29854 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29855 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29856 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29858 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29859 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29860 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29861 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29862 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29863 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29864 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29866 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29868 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29869 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29870 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29871 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29873 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29875 \(fn)" t nil)
29877 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29878 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29879 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29880 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29881 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29882 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29883 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29885 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29886 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29888 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29889 \\___/\\
29890 / \\
29891 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29893 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29895 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29897 ;;;***
29899 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29900 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29901 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29902 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29903 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
29904 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29906 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29907 Toggle typing break mode.
29908 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29910 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29912 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29914 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29915 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29917 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29919 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29920 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29922 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29923 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29924 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29926 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29927 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29929 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29931 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29932 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29934 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29935 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29936 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29937 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29939 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29941 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29942 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29943 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29945 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29946 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29947 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29948 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29949 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29950 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29952 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29953 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29954 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29955 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29957 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29958 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29960 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29961 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29963 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29965 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29966 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29967 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29969 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29970 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29971 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29972 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29973 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29974 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29975 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29977 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29978 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29980 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29981 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29982 reset the keystroke counter.
29984 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29985 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29986 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29987 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29989 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29990 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29991 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29992 `type-break-schedule' command.
29994 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29995 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29996 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29997 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29998 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29999 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
30000 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
30001 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
30002 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
30004 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
30005 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
30006 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
30007 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
30008 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
30010 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
30011 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
30012 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
30013 approximate good values for this.
30015 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
30016 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
30018 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
30019 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
30020 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
30021 `type-break-warning-repeat'
30022 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
30023 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
30025 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
30026 a typing break occur. They include:
30028 `type-break-query-mode'
30029 `type-break-query-function'
30030 `type-break-query-interval'
30032 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
30034 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
30035 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
30036 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
30037 problems.
30039 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
30041 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
30042 Take a typing break.
30044 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
30045 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
30047 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
30048 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
30050 \(fn)" t nil)
30052 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
30053 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
30054 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
30055 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
30057 \(fn)" t nil)
30059 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
30060 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
30062 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
30063 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
30064 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
30065 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
30066 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
30067 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
30068 average typing speed.)
30070 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
30071 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
30072 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
30073 the computed maximum threshold.
30075 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
30076 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
30077 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
30078 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
30079 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
30081 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
30083 ;;;***
30085 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20309 60936))
30086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30088 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30089 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30090 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30091 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30092 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30094 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30096 ;;;***
30098 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30099 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30100 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30101 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30102 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30103 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20309 60936))
30104 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30106 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30107 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30111 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30112 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30114 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30116 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30117 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30119 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30121 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30122 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30124 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30126 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30127 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30129 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30131 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30132 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30134 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30136 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30137 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30139 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30141 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30142 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30144 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30146 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30147 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30149 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30151 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30152 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30154 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30156 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30157 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30159 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30161 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30162 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30164 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30166 ;;;***
30168 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30169 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20309 60936))
30170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30172 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30173 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30174 Works by overstriking underscores.
30175 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30176 which specify the range to operate on.
30178 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30180 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30181 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30182 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30183 which specify the range to operate on.
30185 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30187 ;;;***
30189 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30190 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30191 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30193 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30194 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30195 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30196 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30197 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30198 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30200 \(fn)" nil nil)
30202 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30203 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30205 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30207 ;;;***
30209 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20309
30210 ;;;;;; 60936))
30211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30213 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30214 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30215 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30216 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30218 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30220 ;;;***
30222 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30223 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20309 60936))
30224 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30226 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30227 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30228 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30230 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30231 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30232 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30233 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30234 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30235 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30237 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30238 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30239 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30241 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30242 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30243 the callback is not called).
30245 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30246 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30247 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30248 take effect.
30250 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30251 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30252 the server.
30254 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30256 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30257 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30258 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30259 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30260 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30262 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30264 ;;;***
30266 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30267 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20309 60936))
30268 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30270 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30271 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30272 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30274 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30275 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30276 `url-generic-parse-url'
30277 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30278 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30279 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30280 realm
30281 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30282 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30283 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30284 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30285 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30286 what type of auth to use
30287 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30288 if one cannot be found in the cache
30290 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30292 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30293 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30295 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30296 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30297 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30298 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30299 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30300 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30301 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30302 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30304 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30306 ;;;***
30308 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30309 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20309 60936))
30310 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30312 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30313 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30315 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30317 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30318 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30319 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30323 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30324 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30326 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30328 ;;;***
30330 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20309 60936))
30331 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30333 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30338 ;;;***
30340 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30341 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20309 60936))
30342 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30344 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30349 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30352 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30354 ;;;***
30356 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20309
30357 ;;;;;; 60936))
30358 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30360 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30361 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30363 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30365 ;;;***
30367 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30368 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20309 60936))
30369 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30371 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30372 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30374 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30376 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30377 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30378 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30379 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30380 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30382 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30384 ;;;***
30386 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30387 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30388 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30391 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30392 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30393 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30396 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30398 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30400 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30401 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30403 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30404 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30408 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30409 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30410 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30411 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30413 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30415 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30416 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30417 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30418 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30419 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30420 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30421 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30422 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30423 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30424 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30426 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30428 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30429 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30430 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30431 accessible.
30433 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30435 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30438 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30440 ;;;***
30442 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30443 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20316 49235))
30444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30446 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30447 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30448 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30449 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30450 CBARGS as the arguments.
30452 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30453 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30455 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30457 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30460 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30462 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30464 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30467 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30469 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30470 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30471 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30473 Property list members:
30475 methods
30476 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30477 supports.
30480 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30481 supported.
30483 dasl
30484 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30486 ranges
30487 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30490 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30491 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30492 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30493 Emacs/W3.
30495 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30497 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30498 Default HTTPS port.")
30500 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30501 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30502 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30504 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30505 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30506 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30507 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30508 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30510 ;;;***
30512 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20309 60936))
30513 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30515 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30518 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30520 ;;;***
30522 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20309
30523 ;;;;;; 60936))
30524 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30526 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30527 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30528 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30529 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30530 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30532 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30534 ;;;***
30536 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30537 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30538 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30540 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30543 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30545 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30546 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30548 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30550 ;;;***
30552 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30553 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20309 60936))
30554 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30556 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30557 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30559 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30561 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30562 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30566 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30569 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30571 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30573 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30575 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30577 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30578 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30582 ;;;***
30584 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30585 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30586 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30588 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30591 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30593 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30598 ;;;***
30600 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30601 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30602 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30603 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30605 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30608 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30610 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30613 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30615 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30618 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30620 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30623 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30625 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30628 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30630 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30633 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30635 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30638 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30640 ;;;***
30642 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30643 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20309 60936))
30644 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30646 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30647 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30649 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30651 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30652 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30653 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30654 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30656 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30658 ;;;***
30660 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30661 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30662 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30664 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30665 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30667 \(fn)" t nil)
30669 ;;;***
30671 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30672 ;;;;;; (20335 9743))
30673 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30675 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30676 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30677 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30678 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30679 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30680 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30682 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30684 ;;;***
30686 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30687 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30688 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30689 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30690 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30691 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30692 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20309 60936))
30693 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30695 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30696 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30697 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30699 If t, all messages will be logged.
30700 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30701 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30703 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30705 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30708 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30710 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30713 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30715 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30716 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30717 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30718 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30719 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30720 & ==> &amp;
30721 < ==> &lt;
30722 > ==> &gt;
30723 \" ==> &quot;
30725 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30727 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30728 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30729 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30731 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30733 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30734 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30735 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30737 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30739 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30740 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30742 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30744 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30745 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30747 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30749 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30750 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30752 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30754 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30757 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30759 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30762 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30764 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30767 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30769 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30771 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30772 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30774 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30776 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30777 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30779 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30781 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30784 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30786 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30787 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30788 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30789 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30790 forbidden in URL encoding.
30792 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30794 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30795 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30796 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30797 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30798 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30799 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30801 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30803 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30804 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30805 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30806 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30808 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30810 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30811 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30812 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30814 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30816 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30817 View the current document's URL.
30818 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30819 the minibuffer.
30821 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30823 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30825 ;;;***
30827 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30828 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20309 60936))
30829 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30831 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30832 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30833 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30834 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30835 to refrain from editing the file
30836 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30837 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30838 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30839 in any way you like.
30841 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30843 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30844 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30845 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30846 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30847 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30849 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30850 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30852 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30854 ;;;***
30856 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30857 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30858 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20309 60936))
30859 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30861 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30864 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30866 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30869 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30871 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30874 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30876 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30879 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30881 ;;;***
30883 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20309 60936))
30884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30886 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30887 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30889 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30891 ;;;***
30893 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30894 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30895 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
30896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30898 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30899 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30900 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30901 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30903 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30905 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30906 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30907 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30909 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30911 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30912 Uudecode region between START and END.
30913 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30915 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30917 ;;;***
30919 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30920 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30921 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30922 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30923 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30924 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30925 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20333
30926 ;;;;;; 51787))
30927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30929 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30930 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30931 See `run-hooks'.")
30933 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30935 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30936 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30937 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30939 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30941 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30942 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30943 See `run-hooks'.")
30945 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30947 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30948 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30949 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30950 same state. If not, signal an error.
30952 For merging-based version control systems:
30953 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30954 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30955 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30956 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30957 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30958 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30960 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30961 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30962 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30963 the file(s) for editing.
30964 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30965 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30966 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30967 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30968 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30969 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30971 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30973 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30974 Register into a version control system.
30975 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30976 Otherwise register the current file.
30977 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30978 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30980 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30981 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30982 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30983 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30984 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30985 first backend that could register the file is used.
30987 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30989 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30990 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30992 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30994 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30995 Display diffs between file revisions.
30996 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30997 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30998 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31000 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31001 saving the buffer.
31003 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31005 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
31006 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
31007 repository history using ediff.
31009 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31011 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
31012 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
31013 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31014 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31015 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31017 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31018 saving the buffer.
31020 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31022 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
31023 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
31024 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
31025 fileset with the working revision.
31026 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
31027 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31029 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31030 saving the buffer.
31032 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31034 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31035 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31036 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31037 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31039 \(fn REV)" t nil)
31041 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31042 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31043 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31044 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31046 \(fn)" t nil)
31048 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31049 Perform a version control merge operation.
31050 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31051 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31052 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31053 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31055 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31056 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
31057 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
31058 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31059 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31060 changes from the current branch.
31062 \(fn)" t nil)
31064 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31066 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31067 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31068 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31069 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31070 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31071 checked out in that new branch.
31073 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31075 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31076 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31077 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31078 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31079 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31080 allowed and simply skipped).
31082 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31084 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31085 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31086 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31087 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31088 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31090 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31091 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31093 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31095 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31096 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31097 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31098 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31099 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31101 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31103 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31104 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31105 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31107 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31109 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31110 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31111 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31113 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31115 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31116 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31117 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31118 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31120 \(fn)" t nil)
31122 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31123 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31124 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31125 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31127 \(fn)" t nil)
31129 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31131 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31132 Update the current fileset or branch.
31133 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31134 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31135 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31136 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31138 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31139 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31140 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31141 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31142 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31146 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31148 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31149 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31150 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31151 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31152 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31153 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31154 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31156 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31158 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31159 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31160 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31161 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31162 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31163 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31164 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31165 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31166 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31168 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31170 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31171 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31173 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31175 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31176 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31178 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31180 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31181 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31182 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31183 directory.
31185 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31187 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31188 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31189 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31191 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31192 log entries should be gathered.
31194 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31196 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31197 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31199 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31201 ;;;***
31203 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31204 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31205 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31207 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31208 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31210 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31211 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31212 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31213 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31214 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31215 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31217 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31218 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31219 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31220 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31221 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31222 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31223 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31224 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31226 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31228 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31230 Customization variables:
31232 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31233 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31234 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31235 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31237 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31239 ;;;***
31241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20309 60936))
31242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31243 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31244 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31245 (progn
31246 (load "vc-arch")
31247 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31249 ;;;***
31251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20332 33075))
31252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31254 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31255 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31257 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31258 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31259 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31260 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31261 (progn
31262 (load "vc-bzr")
31263 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31265 ;;;***
31267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20309 60936))
31268 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31269 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31270 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31271 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31272 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31273 (load "vc-cvs")
31274 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31276 ;;;***
31278 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20309 60936))
31279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31281 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31282 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31283 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31284 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31285 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31287 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31288 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31289 The file lines appear later.
31291 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31292 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31294 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31296 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31298 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31300 ;;;***
31302 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31303 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31304 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31306 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31307 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31308 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31309 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31310 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31311 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31312 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31313 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31314 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31315 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31316 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31317 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31318 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31319 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31320 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31322 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31324 ;;;***
31326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20341 24416))
31327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31328 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31329 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31330 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31331 (progn
31332 (load "vc-git")
31333 (vc-git-registered file))))
31335 ;;;***
31337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20320 14810))
31338 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31339 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31340 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31341 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31342 (progn
31343 (load "vc-hg")
31344 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31346 ;;;***
31348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20309 60936))
31349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31351 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31352 Name of the monotone directory.")
31354 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31355 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31356 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31357 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31358 (progn
31359 (load "vc-mtn")
31360 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31362 ;;;***
31364 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31365 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31366 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31368 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31369 Where to look for RCS master files.
31370 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31372 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31374 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31376 ;;;***
31378 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31379 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31380 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31382 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31383 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31384 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31386 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31387 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31389 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31390 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31391 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31392 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31394 ;;;***
31396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20309 60936))
31397 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31398 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31399 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31400 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31401 "_svn")
31402 (t ".svn"))))
31403 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31404 (load "vc-svn")
31405 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31407 ;;;***
31409 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31410 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31412 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31414 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31415 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31417 Usage:
31418 ------
31420 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31421 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31422 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31423 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31425 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31426 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31427 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31428 completions.
31430 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31431 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31433 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31434 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31436 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31437 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31438 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31440 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31443 Maintenance:
31444 ------------
31446 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31447 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31449 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31451 Official distribution is at
31452 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31455 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31456 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31458 Key bindings:
31459 -------------
31461 \\{vera-mode-map}
31463 \(fn)" t nil)
31465 ;;;***
31467 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31468 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31471 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31472 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31473 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31474 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31475 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31477 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31479 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31480 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31482 Supports highlighting.
31484 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31485 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31487 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31489 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31490 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31491 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31492 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31493 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31494 on the left side of your screen.
31495 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31496 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31497 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31498 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31499 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31500 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31501 function keyword.
31502 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31503 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31504 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31505 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31506 if (a)
31507 begin
31508 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31509 Indentation for case statements.
31510 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31511 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31512 mark after an end.
31513 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31514 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31515 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31516 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31517 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31518 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31519 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31520 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31521 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31522 if (a)
31523 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31524 otherwise you get:
31525 if (a)
31526 begin
31527 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31528 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31529 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31530 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31531 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31532 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31533 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31534 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31535 comments in tight quarters.
31536 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31537 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31539 Variables controlling other actions:
31541 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31542 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31543 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31545 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31547 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31549 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31550 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31551 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31553 Some other functions are:
31555 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31556 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31557 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31558 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31559 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31561 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31562 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31563 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31564 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31566 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31567 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31568 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31569 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31570 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31571 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31572 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31573 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31574 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31575 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31576 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31577 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31578 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31579 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31580 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31581 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31582 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31583 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31584 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31585 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31586 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31587 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31588 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31589 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31590 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31591 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31592 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31593 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31594 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31595 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31597 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31598 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31600 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31602 \(fn)" t nil)
31604 ;;;***
31606 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31607 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
31608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31610 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31611 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31613 Usage:
31614 ------
31616 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31617 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31618 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31619 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31620 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31621 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31622 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31623 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31624 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31626 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31627 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31628 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31629 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31631 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31632 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31633 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31634 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31635 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31637 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31638 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31641 HEADER INSERTION:
31642 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31643 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31644 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31647 STUTTERING:
31648 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31649 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31650 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31651 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31653 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31654 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31655 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31656 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31657 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31660 WORD COMPLETION:
31661 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31662 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31663 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31664 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31666 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31667 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31668 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31669 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31670 beginning with \"std\").
31672 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31673 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31674 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31675 stop.
31678 COMMENTS:
31679 `--' puts a single comment.
31680 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31681 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31682 with a comment in between.
31683 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31684 out following lines.
31685 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31686 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31688 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31689 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31690 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31691 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31692 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31693 non-nil.
31695 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31696 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31697 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31698 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31699 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31700 multi-line comments.
31703 INDENTATION:
31704 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31705 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31706 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31707 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31709 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31710 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31711 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31712 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31714 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31715 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31716 and vice versa.
31718 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31719 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31722 ALIGNMENT:
31723 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31724 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31725 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31726 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31727 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31728 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31729 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31730 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31732 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31733 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31734 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31735 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31736 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31737 is non-nil.
31739 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31740 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31741 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31743 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31744 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31747 CODE FILLING:
31748 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31749 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31750 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31751 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31752 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31753 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31756 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31757 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31758 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31759 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31760 command:
31762 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31765 PORT TRANSLATION:
31766 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31767 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31768 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31769 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31770 internal signal initializations (menu).
31772 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31773 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31774 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31776 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31777 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31778 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31779 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31780 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31781 in subsequent paste operations.)
31783 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31784 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31785 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31788 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31789 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31790 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31791 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31792 association list with formals).
31795 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31796 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31797 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31798 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31799 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31800 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31801 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31802 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31803 `vhdl-testbench'.
31806 KEY BINDINGS:
31807 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31810 VHDL MENU:
31811 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31814 FILE BROWSER:
31815 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31816 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31817 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31819 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31820 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31823 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31824 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31825 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31826 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31828 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31829 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31830 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31832 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31833 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31834 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31835 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31837 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31838 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31839 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31840 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31841 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31843 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31844 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31845 required by secondary units.
31848 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31849 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31850 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31851 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31852 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31853 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31854 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31855 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31856 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31857 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31858 inputs to this component -> input port created
31859 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31860 outputs from this component -> output port created
31861 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31862 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31864 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31865 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31866 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31867 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31868 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31870 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31871 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31873 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31874 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31875 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31876 component instantiation is also supported (option
31877 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31879 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31880 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31881 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31882 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31883 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31884 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31885 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31886 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31887 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31888 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31889 | generating the configuration.
31891 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31892 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31893 | configurations in speedbar.
31895 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31898 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31899 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31900 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31901 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31902 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31903 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31904 information. New compilers can be added.
31906 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31907 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31910 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31911 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31912 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31913 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31914 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31916 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31917 command:
31919 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31920 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31921 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31923 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31924 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31925 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31926 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31927 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31928 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31929 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31931 Limitations:
31932 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31933 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31934 not (yet) supported.
31935 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31936 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31937 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31940 PROJECTS:
31941 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31942 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31943 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31944 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31945 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31946 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31947 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31948 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31950 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31951 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31952 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31953 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31954 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31955 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31956 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31957 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31958 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31959 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31960 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31963 SPECIAL MENUES:
31964 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31965 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31966 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31967 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31968 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31969 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31970 current directory for VHDL source files.
31973 VHDL STANDARDS:
31974 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31975 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31978 KEYWORD CASE:
31979 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31980 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31981 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31982 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31983 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31984 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31985 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31986 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31989 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31990 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31991 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31992 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31993 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31994 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31995 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31997 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31998 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31999 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
32000 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
32001 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
32002 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
32004 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
32005 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
32006 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
32007 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
32008 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
32009 visually.
32011 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
32012 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
32013 highlighted if written in lower case.
32015 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
32016 highlighted using a different background color if option
32017 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
32019 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
32020 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
32021 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
32022 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
32023 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
32026 USER MODELS:
32027 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
32028 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
32029 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
32032 HIDE/SHOW:
32033 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
32034 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32035 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32036 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
32037 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32040 CODE UPDATING:
32041 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32042 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32043 Limitations:
32044 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32045 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32046 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32047 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32048 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32049 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32050 (used to obtain the port names).
32053 CODE FIXING:
32054 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32055 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32058 PRINTING:
32059 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32060 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32061 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32062 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32063 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32064 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
32065 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32066 printers.
32069 OPTIONS:
32070 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
32071 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
32072 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32073 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
32074 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32076 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32077 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32078 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
32079 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32080 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32081 INSTALL file).
32083 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32084 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32087 FILE EXTENSIONS:
32088 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32089 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
32090 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32092 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32095 HINTS:
32096 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32097 a VHDL file first, use the command:
32099 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32101 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32103 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32106 RELEASE NOTES:
32107 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32110 Maintenance:
32111 ------------
32113 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32114 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32116 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32118 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32119 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32120 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32121 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32123 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32124 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
32125 where the latest version can be found.
32128 Known problems:
32129 ---------------
32131 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
32132 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32133 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32136 The VHDL Mode Authors
32137 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32139 Key bindings:
32140 -------------
32142 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
32144 \(fn)" t nil)
32146 ;;;***
32148 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20309 60936))
32149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32151 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32152 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32153 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32154 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32156 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32157 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32158 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32159 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32160 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32162 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32163 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32165 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32167 * Limitations and unsupported features
32168 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32169 not supported.
32170 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32171 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32173 * Modifications
32174 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32175 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32176 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32177 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32178 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32179 for undoing a repeated change command.
32180 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32181 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32182 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32184 * Extensions
32185 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32186 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32187 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32188 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32189 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32190 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32191 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32192 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32194 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32196 \(fn)" t nil)
32198 ;;;***
32200 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32201 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32202 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32203 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20309 60936))
32204 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32206 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32207 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32209 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32211 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32212 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32213 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32214 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32218 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32219 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32221 \(fn)" t nil)
32223 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32224 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32225 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32226 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32228 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32230 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32231 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32233 \(fn)" t nil)
32235 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32238 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32240 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32243 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32245 ;;;***
32247 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32248 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32249 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32250 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32251 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20324 28875))
32252 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32254 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32255 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32256 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32258 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32260 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32261 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32262 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32263 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32265 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32267 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32268 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32270 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32272 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32273 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32274 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32275 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32276 moving around in the buffer.
32277 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32278 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32280 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32282 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32284 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32285 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32286 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32287 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32289 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32290 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32291 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32292 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32293 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32295 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32297 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32299 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32300 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32301 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32302 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32303 buffer.
32305 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32306 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32307 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32308 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32309 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32311 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32313 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32315 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32316 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32317 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32318 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32319 moving around in the buffer.
32320 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32321 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32323 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32325 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32326 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32327 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32329 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32330 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32331 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32332 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32334 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32335 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32336 own View-like bindings.
32338 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32340 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32341 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32342 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32343 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32344 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32345 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32346 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32348 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32350 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32352 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32353 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32354 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32356 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32357 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32358 own View-like bindings.
32360 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32362 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32363 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32364 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32365 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32366 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32367 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32368 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32370 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32372 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32374 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32375 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32376 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32378 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32379 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32380 own View-like bindings.
32382 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32384 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32385 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32387 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32388 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32390 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32391 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32392 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32393 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32395 \\<view-mode-map>
32397 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32398 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32399 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32400 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32401 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32402 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32403 to a repeat count of one.
32405 H, h, ? This message.
32406 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32407 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32408 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32409 > move to the end of buffer.
32410 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32411 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32412 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32413 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32414 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32415 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32416 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32417 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32418 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32419 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32420 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32421 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32422 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32423 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32424 Use this to view a changing file.
32425 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32426 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32427 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32428 . set the mark.
32429 x exchanges point and mark.
32430 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32431 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32432 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32433 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32434 ' go to position saved in character register.
32435 s do forward incremental search.
32436 r do reverse incremental search.
32437 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32438 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32439 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32440 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32441 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32442 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32443 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32444 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32445 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32446 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32447 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32448 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32449 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32450 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32451 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32452 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32453 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32455 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32456 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32457 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32458 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32459 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32460 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32461 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32462 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32463 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32465 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32469 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32470 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32471 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32472 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32473 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32474 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32475 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32476 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32477 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32479 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32481 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32482 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32483 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32484 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32485 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32486 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32488 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32489 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32490 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32492 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32494 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32496 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32498 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32499 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32501 \(fn)" t nil)
32503 ;;;***
32505 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20309
32506 ;;;;;; 60936))
32507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32509 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32510 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32512 \(fn)" nil nil)
32514 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32515 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32517 \(fn)" t nil)
32519 ;;;***
32521 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32522 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
32523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32525 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32526 Toggle Viper on/off.
32527 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32529 \(fn)" t nil)
32531 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32532 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32534 \(fn)" t nil)
32536 ;;;***
32538 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32539 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
32540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32542 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32543 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32544 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32545 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32546 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32547 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32548 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32549 the beginning of the warning.")
32551 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32552 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32553 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32554 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32555 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32556 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32557 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32558 also call that function before the next warning.")
32560 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32561 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32563 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32564 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32565 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32566 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32568 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32569 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32570 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32571 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32572 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32573 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32575 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32576 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32577 Default is :warning.
32579 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32580 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32581 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32582 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32583 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32584 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32586 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32587 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32588 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32590 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32592 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32593 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32595 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32597 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32598 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32599 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32600 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32602 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32603 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32604 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32605 can be whatever you like.)
32607 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32608 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32610 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32611 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32612 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32613 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32614 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32616 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32618 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32619 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32620 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32621 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32622 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32624 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32626 ;;;***
32628 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32629 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
32630 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32632 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32633 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32634 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32635 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32636 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32637 in disk.
32639 See `wdired-mode'.
32641 \(fn)" t nil)
32643 ;;;***
32645 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20309 60936))
32646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32648 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32649 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32651 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32652 hotlist.
32654 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32655 <nwv@acm.org>.
32657 \(fn)" t nil)
32659 ;;;***
32661 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32662 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20309 60936))
32663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32664 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32665 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32667 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32670 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32672 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32673 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32674 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32677 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32679 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32681 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32682 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32685 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32687 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32688 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32689 in certain major modes.
32691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32693 ;;;***
32695 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32696 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32697 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32698 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20309 60936))
32699 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32701 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32702 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32704 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32705 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32707 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32708 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32712 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32713 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32715 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32716 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32718 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32719 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32720 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32721 use `whitespace-mode'.
32723 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32727 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32728 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32729 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32732 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32734 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32736 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32737 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32739 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32740 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32742 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32743 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32747 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32748 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32749 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32751 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32752 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32754 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32756 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32757 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32759 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32760 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32762 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32763 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32764 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32765 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32767 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32771 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32772 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32774 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32775 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32777 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32778 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32780 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32782 CHAR MEANING
32783 (VIA FACES)
32784 f toggle face visualization
32785 t toggle TAB visualization
32786 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32787 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32788 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32789 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32790 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32791 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32792 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32793 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32794 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32795 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32796 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32797 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32798 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32799 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32800 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32802 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32803 T toggle TAB visualization
32804 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32805 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32807 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32808 ? display brief help
32810 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32811 The valid symbols are:
32813 face toggle face visualization
32814 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32815 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32816 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32817 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32818 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32819 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32820 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32821 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32822 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32823 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32824 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32825 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32826 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32827 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32828 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32829 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32831 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32832 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32833 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32835 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32837 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32839 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32841 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32842 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32844 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32845 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32847 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32848 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32850 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32852 CHAR MEANING
32853 (VIA FACES)
32854 f toggle face visualization
32855 t toggle TAB visualization
32856 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32857 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32858 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32859 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32860 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32861 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32862 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32863 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32864 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32865 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32866 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32867 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32868 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32869 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32870 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32872 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32873 T toggle TAB visualization
32874 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32875 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32877 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32878 ? display brief help
32880 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32881 The valid symbols are:
32883 face toggle face visualization
32884 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32885 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32886 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32887 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32888 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32889 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32890 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32891 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32892 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32893 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32894 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32895 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32896 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32897 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32898 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32899 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32901 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32902 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32903 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32905 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32907 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32909 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32911 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32912 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32914 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32915 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32916 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32917 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32918 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32920 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32922 The problems cleaned up are:
32924 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32925 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32926 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32927 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32929 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32930 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32931 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32932 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32933 SPACEs.
32934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32935 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32936 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32937 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32939 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32941 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32942 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32943 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32944 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32945 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32946 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32948 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32950 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32952 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32954 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32955 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32957 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32958 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32959 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32961 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32962 documentation.
32964 \(fn)" t nil)
32966 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32967 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32969 The problems cleaned up are:
32971 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32972 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32973 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32974 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32975 SPACEs.
32976 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32977 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32978 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32979 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32981 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32982 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32983 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32984 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32985 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32986 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32987 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32988 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32990 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32991 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32992 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32994 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32996 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32997 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32998 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32999 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33000 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33001 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33003 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33004 documentation.
33006 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33008 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
33009 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
33011 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33012 non-nil.
33014 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33015 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
33016 `whitespace-style' to have:
33018 empty
33019 trailing
33020 indentation
33021 space-before-tab
33022 space-after-tab
33024 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33025 whitespace problems in buffer.
33027 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33029 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33030 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33031 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33032 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33033 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33034 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33035 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33037 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33038 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33039 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33040 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33041 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33042 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33043 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33045 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33046 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33047 cleaning up these problems.
33049 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33051 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33052 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33054 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33055 non-nil.
33057 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33058 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33059 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33061 empty
33062 indentation
33063 space-before-tab
33064 trailing
33065 space-after-tab
33067 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33068 whitespace problems in buffer.
33070 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33072 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33073 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33074 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33075 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33076 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33077 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33078 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33080 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33081 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33082 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33083 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33084 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33085 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33086 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33088 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33089 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33090 cleaning up these problems.
33092 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33094 ;;;***
33096 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33097 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20309 60936))
33098 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33100 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33101 Browse the widget under point.
33103 \(fn POS)" t nil)
33105 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33106 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33108 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33110 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33111 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33113 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33115 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33116 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33118 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33119 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33123 ;;;***
33125 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33126 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20329
33127 ;;;;;; 31524))
33128 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33130 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33131 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33133 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33135 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33136 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33137 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33139 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33141 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33142 Create widget of TYPE.
33143 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33145 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33147 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33148 Delete WIDGET.
33150 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33152 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33153 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33155 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33157 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33158 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33159 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33160 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33162 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33163 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33165 \(fn)" nil nil)
33167 ;;;***
33169 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33170 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20309
33171 ;;;;;; 60936))
33172 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33174 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33175 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33176 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33177 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33178 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33179 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33180 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33184 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33185 Select the window above the current one.
33186 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33187 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33188 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33189 negative ARG) of the current window.
33190 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33194 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33195 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33196 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33197 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33198 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33199 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33200 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33204 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33205 Select the window below the current one.
33206 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33207 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33208 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33209 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33210 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33214 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33215 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33216 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33217 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33219 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33221 ;;;***
33223 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33224 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
33225 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33227 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33228 Toggle Winner mode.
33229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33230 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33232 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33234 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33235 Toggle Winner mode.
33236 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33240 ;;;***
33242 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33243 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20309 60936))
33244 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33246 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33247 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33248 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33249 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33250 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33252 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33254 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33255 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33256 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33257 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33258 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33259 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33260 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33261 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33263 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33264 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33266 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33268 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33269 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33271 \(fn)" t nil)
33273 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33274 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33275 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33276 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33277 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33278 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33279 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33280 `woman' command for further details.
33282 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33284 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33285 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33287 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33289 ;;;***
33291 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33292 ;;;;;; (20320 14810))
33293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33295 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33296 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33298 BUGS:
33299 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33300 are not implemented
33301 - Options for search and replace
33302 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33303 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33305 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33306 Emacs-like.
33308 The key bindings are:
33310 C-a backward-word
33311 C-b fill-paragraph
33312 C-c scroll-up-line
33313 C-d forward-char
33314 C-e previous-line
33315 C-f forward-word
33316 C-g delete-char
33317 C-h backward-char
33318 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33319 C-j help-for-help
33320 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33321 C-l ws-repeat-search
33322 C-n open-line
33323 C-p quoted-insert
33324 C-r scroll-down-line
33325 C-s backward-char
33326 C-t kill-word
33327 C-u keyboard-quit
33328 C-v overwrite-mode
33329 C-w scroll-down
33330 C-x next-line
33331 C-y kill-complete-line
33332 C-z scroll-up
33334 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33335 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33336 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33337 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33338 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33339 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33340 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33341 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33342 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33343 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33344 C-k b ws-begin-block
33345 C-k c ws-copy-block
33346 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33347 C-k f find-file
33348 C-k h ws-show-markers
33349 C-k i ws-indent-block
33350 C-k k ws-end-block
33351 C-k p ws-print-block
33352 C-k q kill-emacs
33353 C-k r insert-file
33354 C-k s save-some-buffers
33355 C-k t ws-mark-word
33356 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33357 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33358 C-k v ws-move-block
33359 C-k w ws-write-block
33360 C-k x kill-emacs
33361 C-k y ws-delete-block
33363 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33364 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33365 C-o j justify-current-line
33366 C-o k kill-buffer
33367 C-o l list-buffers
33368 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33369 C-o r set-fill-column
33370 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33371 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33372 C-o wh split-window-right
33373 C-o wo other-window
33374 C-o wv split-window-below
33376 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33377 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33378 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33379 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33380 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33381 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33382 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33383 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33384 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33385 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33386 C-q a ws-query-replace
33387 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33388 C-q c end-of-buffer
33389 C-q d end-of-line
33390 C-q f ws-search
33391 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33392 C-q l ws-undo
33393 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33394 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33395 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33396 C-q w ws-last-error
33397 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33398 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33400 \(fn)" t nil)
33402 ;;;***
33404 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20309 60936))
33405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33407 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33408 Perform an interactive search.
33409 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33410 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33411 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33412 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33414 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33415 Example:
33417 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33419 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33421 ;;;***
33423 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33424 ;;;;;; (20309 60936))
33425 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33427 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33428 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33429 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33430 Returns the top node with all its children.
33431 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33432 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33434 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33436 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33437 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33438 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33439 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33440 is not well-formed XML.
33441 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33442 and returned as the first element of the list.
33443 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33445 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33447 ;;;***
33449 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33450 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20309 60936))
33451 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33453 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33454 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33455 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33456 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33457 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33458 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33459 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33460 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33461 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33462 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33464 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33466 ;;;***
33468 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20309
33469 ;;;;;; 60936))
33470 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33472 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33473 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33474 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33477 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33479 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33481 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33482 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33483 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33484 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33485 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33487 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33488 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33489 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33490 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33491 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33492 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33496 ;;;***
33498 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33499 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20309 60936))
33500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33502 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33503 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33505 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33507 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33508 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33510 \(fn)" nil nil)
33512 ;;;***
33514 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33515 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20309 60936))
33516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33518 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33519 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33521 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33523 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33524 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33526 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33528 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33529 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33530 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33532 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33534 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33535 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33537 \(fn)" t nil)
33539 ;;;***
33541 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20309 60936))
33542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33544 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33545 Zone out, completely.
33547 \(fn)" t nil)
33549 ;;;***
33551 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33552 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33553 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33554 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33555 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33556 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33557 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
33558 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
33559 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
33560 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
33561 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
33562 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
33563 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
33564 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
33565 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
33566 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
33567 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
33568 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
33569 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
33570 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
33571 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
33572 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
33573 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
33574 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
33575 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
33576 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
33577 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
33578 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
33579 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
33580 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
33581 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
33582 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
33583 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
33584 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
33585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
33586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
33587 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
33588 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
33589 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
33590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
33591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
33592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
33593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
33594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
33595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
33596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
33605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
33606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
33607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
33608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
33609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
33610 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33611 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33612 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33613 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33614 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33616 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33617 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33618 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33619 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33620 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33621 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33622 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
33623 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
33624 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
33625 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
33626 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33627 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33628 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33629 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
33630 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
33631 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
33632 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33633 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33635 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33636 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33637 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33638 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33639 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33640 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33641 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33642 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33643 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33644 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33645 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33646 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33647 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33648 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33649 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33650 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33651 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33652 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33653 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33654 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33655 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33656 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33657 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33658 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33659 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33660 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33661 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33662 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33663 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33664 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33665 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33666 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33667 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33668 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33669 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33670 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33671 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33672 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33673 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33674 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33675 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33676 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33677 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33678 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33679 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33680 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33681 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33682 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33683 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33684 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33685 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33686 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33687 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33688 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33689 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33690 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33691 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33692 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33693 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33694 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33695 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33696 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33697 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33698 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33699 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33700 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33701 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33702 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33703 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33704 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33705 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33706 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33707 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33708 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33709 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33710 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33711 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33712 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33713 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33714 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33715 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33716 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33717 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33718 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33719 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33720 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33721 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33722 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33723 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33724 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33725 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33726 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33727 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33728 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33729 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
33730 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33731 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33732 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33733 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33734 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33735 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33736 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33737 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33738 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33739 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33740 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33741 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33742 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33743 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33744 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33745 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
33746 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
33747 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33748 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33749 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33750 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33751 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33752 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20345 10919 58375))
33754 ;;;***
33756 (provide 'loaddefs)
33757 ;; Local Variables:
33758 ;; version-control: never
33759 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33760 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33761 ;; coding: utf-8
33762 ;; End:
33763 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here